Home

Simulation Models and Analyses Reference

1. BSE RESIGR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name HYST SPICE Netlist Template Format Q DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 S vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR HYST MODEL DESIGNATOR HYST hyst in low in low in low in high in high in high ehyst hyst hyst Pout lower limit out lower limit out_ lower limit zout upper limit out upper limit out upper limit input domain input domain Ginput domain fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Low input low value Default 0 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 141 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In_High input high value Default 1 Hyst hysteresis The value entered must be a positive real number Default 0 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Default 0 Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Default 1 Input_Domain input smoothing domain Default 0 01 Fraction used to control whether the smoothing domain is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default TRUE Notes This is a simple buffer stage providing hysteresis of the output with respect to the input The input
2. For the circuit to be parsed correctly ensure that the Spice Found In C Program Files Altium Designer 6 Exa PS piceResistor madl Prefix field is set to R model pspiceRES RES In the Model Name field enter the name specified for the model in the model file Use the options in the Model Location region of the dialog to point to the required file Click on the Model File tab to view the content of the model file a The following additional model parameters are supported and can be entered into a linked model file md1 for the device R resistance multiplier Default 1 TC1 linear temperature coefficient in our Default 0 TC2 quadratic temperature coefficient in op Default 0 TCE exponential temperature coefficient in C Default 0 Values for TC1 and TC2 can be entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog Where a parameter has an indicated default that default will be used if no value is specifically entered either on the Parameters tab or in the linked model file The format for the PSpice model file is MODEL ModelName RES Model Parameters TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 41 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference where e ModelName is the name of the model the link to which is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog This name is used in the netlist MODEL to reference the required model in ty following parameters
3. 5 800 ER 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s 10 00 9 000 8 000 7 000 6 000 E 5 000 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 0 000 0 000u out e 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 100 0u e Transient Step Time set to 20 00n e Transient Max Step Time set to 20 00n Controlled One Shot Differential I O OMESHOTR Model Kind General 118 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name ONESHOT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 S Svd 3 4 S vd 5 6 SSvd S7 58 DESTGNATOR ONESHOT MODEL DESTGNATOR ONESHOT oneshot pw_array pw_array pw_array clk trig clk_trig clk trig entl earray cntl drray cntl array pos edge trig pos edge trig pos edge trig out_low out_low out_low rout high out bigh out Nigh Frige timere tiame erise time rise delay rise delay rise delay fall delay fall delay fall delay fall time fall time fall time Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog
4. It first performs an Operating Point analysis to determine the DC bias of the circuit replaces the signal source with a fixed amplitude sine wave generator then analyzes the circuit over the specified frequency range The desired output of an AC Small Signal analysis is usually a transfer function voltage gain transimpedance etc Setup AC Small Signal analysis is set up on the AC Small Signal Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the AC Small Signal Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list An example setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below AC Small Signal Analysis Setup Parameter Value Start Frequency 100 0m Stop Frequency 1 000meg Sweep Type Decade Test Points 100 Total Test Points 01 Parameters e Start Frequency the initial frequency for the sine wave generator in HZ e Stop Frequency the final frequency for the sine wave generator in HZ e Sweep Type defines how the total number of test points is determined from the initial value assigned to the Test Points parameter The following three types are available Linear Total number of test points evenly spaced on a linear scale 302 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Decade Number of evenly spaced test points per decade of a logio scale Octave Number of evenly spaced test points per octave of a log2 scale e Test Points defines the incremental va
5. Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the DIVVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 227 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Schematic Netlist XMDiv SIN O COS 0 TAN O DIVVR Models and Subcircuitr sSUBCKRT DIVVR 1 23 4 5 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS DIVVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit ini in2 VY 55 5 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time 3 1 000 0 750 an 0 500 0 250 gt 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 1 000 0 950 cos 0 900 ee 0 750 0 700 0 650 0 600 0 550 0 500 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s v 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Exponential Exponential of Current c Cit Ee e l g E EXP Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name EXPI 228 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 SPICE Netlist Template Format DESTIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 M
6. DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 S vd 3 4 DESTIGNATOR INT MODEL DESIGNATOR INT int in offset in offset in offset gain gain gain out lower limit out lower limit out upper limit out upper limit limit _range limit range limit range out_ic out ic out_ic Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 148 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Gain gain Default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Limit_Range upper and lower limit smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Out_IC output initial condition Default 0 Notes This model is a simple integration stage that approximates the integral of the input with respect to time The output upper and lower limits are used to prevent convergence errors due to excessively high output values These limits provide for integrator behavior similar to that found in the integration stage of an operational amplifier Once a limit has been reached no further storage of values occurs The Limit Range specifies the value below Out Upper Limit and above Out Lower Limit at which smoothing of the o
7. DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL amp AREA FACTOR amp STARTING CONDITION INITIAL D S VOLTAGE IC INITIAL D S VOLTAGE INITIAL G S VOLTAGE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Area Factor specifies the number of equivalent parallel devices of the specified model This setting TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 49 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference affects a number of parameters in the model Starting Condition set to OFF to set terminal voltages to zero during operating point analysis Can be useful as an aid in convergence Initial D S Voltage time zero voltage across Drain Source terminals in Volts Initial G S Voltage time zero voltage across Gate Source terminals in Volts Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file VTO pinch off voltage in Volts Default 2 0 BETA transconductance parameter B in AIV Default 1 0e 4 B doping tail extending parameter in 1 V Default 0 3 ALPHA saturation voltage parameter in 1 V Default 2 LAMBDA channel length modulation parameter A in 1 V Default 0 RD drain ohm
8. ENDS ASINHVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians 240 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINHVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT O ASINHVR Models and Subeircuie SUBCKT ASINHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ASINH V 1 2 ENDS ASINHVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit ES in1 in2 3 000 2 000 4 000 e 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 n 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 2 500 Si 2 000 1 500 1 000 0 500 v 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 2 500 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 241 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Hyperbolic Arc Tangent Hyperbolic Arc Tangent of Current e i Q p c l Q F ATANHI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANHI SPICE Netlist Temp
9. Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the resistance in Ohms Examples Output RLoad 25k Consider the resistor in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 Top is connected to net Output e Pin2 Bot is connected to net GND e Designator is RLoad e Value 25k The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist RLoad OUTPUT 0 25k the ground net is always defined as 0 in the netlist Resistor Semiconductor Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Resistor Semiconductor SPICE Prefix R TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 39 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 amp VALUE amp MODEL LENGTH L LENGTH WIDTH W WIDTH TEMPERATURE TEMP TEMPERATURE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the resistance in Ohms Length length of
10. There were no syntax changes made between SPICE3f3 and SPICE3f5 The manual for SPICE3f3 therefore describes the correct syntax for the netlist and models supported by the Altium Designer based mixed signal Simulator Component and Simulation Multipliers When entering a value for a component or other simulation related parameter the value can be entered in one of the following formats e Asan integer value e g 10 e Asa floating point value e g 3 142 e Asan integer or floating point value followed by an integer exponent e g 10E 2 3 14E2 e Asan integer or floating point value followed by a valid scale factor With respect to the last format the following is a list of valid scale factors multipliers that can be used ooo o o o e Notes Letters immediately following a value that are not valid scale factors will be ignored Letters immediately following a valid scale factor are also ignored They can be beneficial as a reference to measurement units used when viewing the component on the schematic and the relevant parameter is made visible The scale factor must immediately follow the value spaces are not permitted The scale factors may be entered in either lower or upper case or a mixture thereof 2 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples 10 10V 10Volts and 10Hz all represent the same number 10 The letters are ignored in all cases as none of them are valid scale factor
11. the linked model file common to most devices in PSpice are not supported T_ABS e Model Parameters are a list of supported parameters for the model entered with values as required T MEASURED T_REL_GLOBAL For an example of using a PSpice compatible capacitor model in a simulation refer to the example project Resistor PrjPCB which can be found in the Examples Circuit Simulation PSpice Examples Resistor folder of the installation T_REL_LOCAL Resistor Variable Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Resistor Variable SPICE Prefix R SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE SET POSITION Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the resistance in Ohms Set Position the position of the wiper along the resistors track The value can be in the range 0 fully left anti clockwise to 1 fully right clockwise with 0 5 being the halfway point i e the resistors value will be half that specified in the Value field Examples Rl Input Iny IK Consider the variable resistor in the image above with the following characteristics e Pin1 is connected to net Input e Pin2 is connected to n
12. w 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 l 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 4 000 y 0 750 0 500 0 250 V 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 LI 5S a at Yt 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 Ou TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 291 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Digital models SimCode These are digital device models that have been created using the Digital SimCode language This is a special descriptive language that allows digital devices to be simulated using an extended version of the event driven XSpice It is a form of the standard XSpice code model Source SimCode model definitions are stored in an ASCII text file t xt Compiled SimCode models are stored in a compiled model file scb Multiple device models can be placed in the same file with each reference by means of a special func parameter The following generic SimCode model is considered in this section TTL and CMOS Logic Components For detailed information on creating a SimCode model and linking it to a schematic component refer to the Creating and Linking a Digital S
13. Altium Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Summary This comprehensive reference describes the simulation models and types of analyses Technical Reference available using Altium Designer s Mixed Signal Circuit Simulator TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 This reference details the simulation models and circuit simulation analyses and describes some simulation troubleshooting techniques Simulation Models The Altium Designer based Circuit Simulator is a true mixed signal simulator meaning that it can analyze circuits that include both analog and digital devices The Simulator uses an enhanced version of the event driven XSpice developed by the Georgia Tech Research Institute GTRI which itself is based on Berkeley s SPICE3 code It is fully SPICE3f5 compatible as well as providing support for a range of PSpice device models Model Types The models supported by the Simulator can be effectively grouped into the following categories SPICE3f5 analog models These are predefined analog device models that are built in to SPICE They cover the various common analog component types such as resistors capacitors and inductors as well as voltage and current sources transmission lines and switches The five most common semiconductor devices are also modeled diodes BUTs JFETs MESFETs and MOSFETs A large number of model files md1 are also included that define the behavior of specific instances of these devices PSp
14. Den Den_Offset Den_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset The denominator is prevented from ever going zero by specification of a limiting positive value in the Den Lower Limit parameter This limit is reached through the use of a quadratic smoothing function the domain of which is specified using the Den Domain parameter This model will operate in DC AC and Transient analysis modes only When running an AC Small Signal analysis the results are only valid when one of the two inputs not both is connected to an AC signal The input signals can be either single ended current or single ended voltage signals Examples Consider the divider in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin num is connected to net In1 e Pin2 den is connected to net In2 e Pin3 out is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e All parameters are left at their default values 132 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN1 IN2 OUT AULDIVIDE MODEL AUIDIVIDE divide The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 10 00 7 500 5 000 2 500 int gt 0 000 2 500 5 000 7 500 10 00 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 5 200 Pe 5 100 S 5 000 4 900 4 800 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 2 000 ai 1 500 1 000 0 50
15. Hysteresis e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Inductance Meter e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Integrator e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Limiter e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Multiplier e Single Ended I O e Differential I O TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 107 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference PWL Controlled Source e Single Ended I O e Differential I O S Domain Transfer Function e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Slew Rate e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Summer e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Notes With the exception of the Multiplier and Summer functions which are sub circuit based variations of the models available in XSpice the SPICE prefix for theses models is A All of the XSpice analog models can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib For more detailed information regarding XSpice consult the XSpice User Manual Capacitance Meter Capacitance Meter Single Ended I O cmeter CMETER Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name CMETER SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR CMETER MODEL DESIGNATOR CMETER cmeter gain gain gain Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Si
16. SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE PWL MODELLOCATION FILE MODELLOCATION TIME VALUE PAIRS AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Time Value Pairs allows you to define the waveform by specifying a value for the voltage at various points in time Default pairings are 0U 5v 5U SV 20 0V 500 bv 60U Sv Notes Use this source to create an arbitrary waveform as a set of voltages at various points in time Piecewise linear sources can take data from one of two sources e You can describe the waveform with a set of points that you enter directly into the Time Value Pairs list on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog Use the available Add and Delete buttons to define new points or remove existing ones respectively There is no upper limit on the number of points you can define fo
17. TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 233 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Models and Subcircuit sSUBCKT ACOSHI 1 23 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ACOSH I VX sENDS ACOSHI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit aoe vi branch 7 000 6 000 H 5 000 A 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 0 000 FLU yt 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 3 000 n 2 500 2 000 1 500 A 1 000 0 500 0 000 i i 4 t LL H 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Hyperbolic Arc Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input cr OY Cl E ACOSHY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ACOSHV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None 234 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes The content of the sub circuit file ACOSHV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is de
18. TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 51 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Length Width Drain Area Source Area Drain Perimeter Source Perimeter NRD NRS Starting Condition Initial D S Voltage Initial G S Voltage Initial B S Voltage Temperature channel length in meters channel width in meters area of the Drain diffusion in sq meters area of the Source diffusion in sq meters perimeter of drain junction in meters Default 0 perimeter of source junction in meters Default 0 equivalent number of squares of the drain diffusion Default 1 equivalent number of squares of the source diffusion Default 1 set to OFF to set terminal voltages to zero during operating point analysis Can be useful as an aid in convergence time zero voltage across Drain Source terminals in Volts time zero voltage across Gate Source terminals in Volts time zero voltage across Bulk substrate Source terminals in Volts temperature at which the device is to operate in Degrees Celsius If no value is specified the default value assigned to TEMP on the SPICE
19. The content of the sub circuit file COSVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Cosine of Voltage SUBCKT COSVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V COS V 1 2 sENDS COSVR 222 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 COSVR Models and Subcircuit OUBCKT COSVE 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V COS V 1 2 BNDS COSVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit U in1 in2 0 750 0 500 0 250 o 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 l l l 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 000 na 0 950 0 900 0 850 0 800 VY 0 750 0 700 0 650 E 0 600 0 550 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 223
20. The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Examples Ul RL Ik Consider the integrator in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin in is connected to net IN e Pin2 out is connected to net OUT e Designator is U1 e Out Lower Limit 0 e Out Upper Limit 40e 6 e All other parameters are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN OUT AU1INT sMODEL AULINT ant Gut tower limit 0 out upper limit 40e 6 J TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 147 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 12 00 i in 11 00 10 00 9 000 8 000 0 000u 1 000u 2 000u 3 000u 4 000u 5 000u Time s 40 00u 35 00u 30 00u 25 00u e 20 00u 15 00u 10 00u 5 000u 0 000u 0 000u 1 000u 2 000u 3 000u 4 000u 5 000u Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to5 000u e Transient Step Time set to 20 00n e Transient Max Step Time set to 20 00n Integrator Differential I O INTER Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name INT SPICE Netlist Template Format
21. branch current through a voltage source lt designator gt v current source voltage drop lt designator gt z device impedance lt designator gt i device current lt designator gt p device power lt designator gt id Diode current or FET drain current lt designator gt ig FET gate current lt designator gt is FET source current lt designator gt ib BJT base current lt designator gt ic BJT collector current lt designator gt ie BJT emitter current Notes By default the Simulator uses the Waveform Analysis window setup information from the previous simulation run to display the simulation results If you change the Active Signals list from a previous simulation run you must set the SimView Setup option to Show active signals for any changes to the displayed waveforms to take effect When this option is on the Waveform Analysis window is reset to its default condition and the plot waveforms are read from the dialog list rather than from the previous simulation run Operating Point Analysis Description An Operating Point analysis is used to determine the dc operating point of a circuit with inductors shorted and capacitors opened Setup There are no parameters to define for this type of analysis It can only be enabled or disabled from the Analyses Options list of the Analyses Setup dialog Notes A DC Operating Point analysis is automatically performed prior to a Trans
22. controlling node gt gt lt lt polynomial coefficient value gt gt These devices do not support linked model files The netlist format for a PSpice model in one of the above forms should be specified using the Generic Editor In the Sim Model dialog set the Model Kind to General and the Model Sub Kind to Generic Editor For the circuit to be parsed correctly ensure that the Spice Prefix field is set to E The following are examples of generic netlist template formats that could be used for these model types VALUE model DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE EXPR The value for the EXPR parameter is entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog TABLE model DESIGNATOR 1 2 TABLE EXPR ROW1 ROW2 ROW2 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Model Kind General v Model Sub Kind Capacitor CapacitorSemiconductor Coupled Inductors Diode CE a Inductor Potentiometer Resistor Resistor Semiconductor Resistor ariable Spice Subcircuit Spice Prefix E Model Name ETAB LE o Description ETABLE Model Location DESIGNATOR 3 4 TABLE EXPR TABLE Netlist Template A Netlist Preview 4 Model File Model File 2 ROWS3 GROWS 103 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Values for the EXPR and ROW parameters are entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog Any number of RoW parameters can be defined in the format lt input value gt lt out
23. e When modeling real devices such as MOSFETS set the on resistance to a realistic level for the size of the device being modeled e fa wide range of ON to OFF resistance must be used ROFF RON gt 1e 12 then the error tolerance during transient analysis should be decreased Set the TRTOL parameter on the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog to 1 e When a switch is placed around a capacitor then the CHGTOL parameter should also be reduced try 1e 16 The link to the required model file md1 is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value The simulation ready voltage controlled switch component VSW can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Examples Vee Vee Consider the voltage controlled switch in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND e Pin3 positive output node is connected to net NetRLY1_ 4 pin 4 of RLY1 e Pin4 negative output node is connected to net IN e Designator is S1 e
24. frequency of the sinusoidal output current in Hz Default 1K delay time until the source current commences in seconds Default 0 the rate at which the sinusoid decreases increases in amplitude in 1 seconds A positive value results in an exponentially decreasing amplitude a negative value gives an increasing amplitude A zero 0 value gives a constant amplitude sine wave Default 0 phase shift of the sinusoid at time zero in Degrees Default 0 The adjacent image shows an example waveform produced by a sinusoidal current source connected to a 10hm load The Amplitude has been set to 100mA the Delay set to 500 0u andthe Damping Factor set to 250 to illustrate a decreasing sinusoid All other parameters have been left at their default values 100 0m 75 00m 50 00m 25 00m A 0 000m 25 00m 50 00m 75 00m 100 0m 0 000m 1 000m 2 000m Current 3 000m 4 000m 5 000m The shape of the waveform is described by the following formulae I to to tp lo I tp to tstop lo la e DETA sin 2mF t to where tis an instance of time lo is the DC offset current of the signal generator la is the maximum amplitude of the output swing excluding the DC offset F is the Frequency tp is the Delay and THETA is the Damping Factor The simulation ready sinusoidal current source component ISIN can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simula
25. voltage amplitude at time zero in Volts Default 0 maximum amplitude of the output swing in Volts Default 5 the point in time from to where the output begins to rise from the Initial Value to the Pulsed Value in seconds Default 1u RC charging time constant in seconds Default 700n the point in time from to where the output begins to fall from the Pulsed Value back to the Initial Value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 2u RC discharging time constant in seconds Default 300n Use this source to create a pulse voltage waveform with an exponential rising and or falling edge The adjacent image shows an example waveform produced by an exponential voltage source connected to a 10Ohm load with the parameters set to their default values 4 500 4 000 3 500 3 000 2 500 Vv 2 000 1 500 1 000 0 500 0 000 0 500 0 000u 1 000u Voltage 3 000u 4 000u 5 000u The shape of the waveform is described by the following formulae V to to tro V trp to trp V tep to tstop where t is an instance of time Viv is the initial value of the voltage Vpv is the pulsed value of the voltage trp is the Rise Delay trt is the Rise Time trp is the Fall Delay and trt is the Fall Time TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Viv Vpy Viv 1 e RD RT Viv Vpv Viv e RD RT Viv Vev 1 e FD FT 91 Simulation Models and Analyses Ref
26. 0 000 A 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 2 000 raji 1 500 1 000 0 500 A 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 i 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 211 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Arc Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input ASINV Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ASINV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ASINV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc sine of Voltage SUBCKT ASINY L 2 BX 2 0 V ASIN V 1 ENDS ASINV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ASINV Modele and Su
27. 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 000 rali 0 750 0 500 0 250 A 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u 270 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input sl hy Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub circuit file SINV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Sine of Voltage SUBCKT SINV 1 2 BX 2 0 V SIN V 1 ENDS SINV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be k Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT SINV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SINV 1 2 BX 2
28. 1 500 w 0 500 2 500 4 500 6 500 H Ln 0 000 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Summer Differential I O SU TvIR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 175 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Prefix X Model Name SUMR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 33 4 35 76 MODEL PARAMS x offset x offset x offset 7y offset y offset y offset 7x gain x gain x gain y gain y gain Cy gain 7OUc Gain out gain out cain Tout offsec out criset Gout ofiset Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog X_Offset X input offset Default 0 Y_ Offset Y input offset Default 0 X_Gain X input gain Default 1 Y_Gain Y input gain Default 1 Out_Gain output gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 N
29. 2 000 3 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m e 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 LLI i i 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Cosine Cosine of Current late G E k l G E COSI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSI SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 219 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes The content of the sub circuit file COSI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Cosine of Current sSUBCKT COSI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I COS I VX ENDS COSI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XML IN 0 OUT 0 COSI Models and Sub
30. 4 31e 9 temperature coefficient for UB in m V Default 7 61e 18 temperature coefficient for UC For MOBMOD 1 or 2 measured in m V Default 5 6e 11 For MOBMOD 3 measured in 1 V Default 0 056 temperature coefficient for saturation velocity in m s Default 3 3e4 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 57 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference PRT NJ XTI NOIA NOIB NOIC EM AF EF KF TOX XJ GAMMAT1 GAMMA2 NCH NSUB VBX XT LMIN LMAX WMIN WMAX BINUNIT temperature coefficient for RDSW in Q um Default 0 emission coefficient of junction Default 1 junction current temperature exponent coefficient Default 3 0 noise parameter A Default 1e20 NMOS 9 9e18 PMOS noise parameter B Default 5e4 NMOS 2 4e3 PMOS noise parameter C Default 1 4e 12 NMOS 1 4e 12 PMOS saturation field in V m Default 4 1e7 frequency exponent Default 1 flicker exponent Default 1 flicker noise parameter Default 0 gate oxide thickness in meters Default 1 5e 8 junction depth in meters Default 1 5e 7 body effect coefficient near the surface in vi See BSIM3 Related notes body effect coefficient in the bulk in ye See BSIM3 Related notes channel doping concentration in 1 cm Default 1 7e17 See BSIM3 Related notes substrate doping concentration in 1 cm Default 6e16 Vbs at which the depletion
31. April 21 2008 93 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Non Linear Dependent Voltage Source VaR Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Equation SPICE Prefix B SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 V EQUATION Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Equation expression defining the source waveform Notes Standard SPICE non linear dependant voltage source This source is sometimes called an Equation defined source as the output is defined by a user defined equation often referencing voltages at other nodes in the circuit The voltage waveform is described by V expression where expression is the user defined equation entered in the corresponding Equation parameter field The following standard functions can be used to create the expression ABS absolute value function ABS x returns the value of x LN natural logarithm function where LN e 1 SQRT square root function LOG log base 10 function EXP exponential function EXP x returns the value of e raised to the power of x where e is the base of the natural logarithms SIN sine function ASIN arc sine function A
32. Potentiometer Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Potentiometer SPICE Prefix R SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR A 1 2 VALUE SET POSITION DESIGNATOR B 2 3 VALUE VALUE SET POSITION Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the resistance in Ohms Set Position the position of the wiper along the resistors track The value can be in the range O fully left anti clockwise to 1 fully right clockwise with 0 5 being the halfway point with equal resistance on both sides Examples FIn 0 IT OUT Consider the potentiometer in the image above with the following characteristics e Pin1 Top is connected to net OUT e Pin2 Bot is connected to net IN e Pin3 Tap or wiper is connected to net IN e Designator is RIn e Value 1K e Set Position 0 5 38 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist RInA OUT IN 1K 0 5 RInB IN IN 1K 1K 0 5 Resistor Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Resistor SPICE Prefix R SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE Parameters definable at component level
33. See BSIM3 Related notes second order body effect coefficient Default 0 See BSIM3 Related notes narrow width coefficient Default 80 body effect coefficient of K3 in 1 V Default 0 narrow width parameter in meters Default 2 5e 6 lateral non uniform doping parameter in meters Default 1 74e 7 maximum applied body bias in Vth calculation in Volts Default 3 0 first coefficient of short channel effect on Vth Default 2 2 second coefficient of short channel effect on Vth Default 0 53 body bias coefficient of short channel effect on Vth in 1 V Default 0 032 first coefficient of narrow width effect on Vth for small channel length in 1 m Default 0 second coefficient of narrow width effect on Vth for small channel length in 1 m Default 5 3e6 body bias coefficient of narrow width effect for small channel length in 1 V Default 0 032 mobility at TEMP TNOM in cm V s Default 670 0 NUOSFET 250 0 PMOSFET first order mobility degradation coefficient in m V Default 2 25e 9 second order mobility degradation coefficient in m V Default 5 87e 19 body effect of mobility degradation coefficient For MOBMOD 1 or 2 measured in m V Default 4 65e 11 For MOBMOD 3 measured in 1 V Default 0 046 saturation velocity at TEMP TNOM in m sec Default 8 0e4 bulk charge effect coefficient for channel length Default 1 0 gate bias
34. Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name ILIMIT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 64 DESIGNATOR ILIMIT MODEL DESIGNATOR ILIMIT ilimit in offset in offset in offset gain gain gain er Out SOuUrce Out Source Cr OUL Source 7r ont Sink r Out Sink Ur our Sink i limit source 1 limit source 1 limit sink 1 limit sink 2v pwr range v_ pwr range v pwr rangel 71 source range i source range i source range 21 sink range i_ sink range i sink rangel r out _domain r out domain r out domain TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 121 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 R_Out_Source sourcing resistance The value entered must lie in the range 1 0e 9 to 1 0e9 Default 1 R_Out_Sink sinking resistance The value entered must lie in the range 1 0e 9 to 1 0e9 Default 1 Limit_Source current sourcing limit The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 12 Limit_Sink current sinking limit The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 12 V_Pwr_
35. The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 Svd IN1 IN2 gd VPOSPWR VPOSPWR gd VNEGPWR VNEGPWR gd OUT 0 AULILIMIT MODEL AULILIMIT ilimit gain 2 L Limit Source mA i Limit SInk MA The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time setto 100 0u e Transient Step Time set to 20 00n e Transient Max Step Time set to 20 00n 126 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 8 200 8 100 8 000 7 900 7 800 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 60 00u 100 0u Time s e 2 200 2 100 2 000 1 900 1 800 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s Vv 3 200 3 100 3 000 2 900 2 300 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 60 00u 100 0u Time s out o 3 200m 3 100m 3 000m 2 900m 2 800m 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s yout branch A 2 000 1 000 0 000 1 000 2 000 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time vlovweneg branch A 2 000 1 000 0 000 1 000 2 000 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s vlowpos branch A 3 200m 3 100m 3 000m 2 900m 2 800m 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 60 00u 100 0u Time s vupneg branch 4 2 800m 2
36. To do this copy the file Ltra MDL Edit this new model file and change the string immediately after the MODEL statement to be the same as the new file name then edit the parameters as required For example from the existing model file 1tra MDL MODEL LTRA LTRA R 0 000 L 9 130n C 3 650p LEN 1 000 You could create a new file 1tra10 MDL MODEL LTRA1O LTRA R 0 2 L 32n C 13p LEN 10 000 Examples Consider the lossy transmission line in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive node of Port 1 is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative node of Port 1 is connected to net GND e Pin3 positive node of Port 2 is connected to net OUT e Pin4 negative node of Port 2 is connected to net GND e Designator is LTRA1 e The linked simulation model file is LTRA md1 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist OLTRA1 IN O OUT O LTRA Models and Subcircuit MODEL LTRA LTRA R 0 000 L 9 130N C 3 650P LEN 1 000 The SPICE engine would use the indicated parameter information defined in the model file along with default parameter values inherent to the model for those parameters not specified in the file Uniform Distributed RC lossy Transmission Line Model Kind Transmission Line Model Sub Kind Uniform Distributed RC SPICE Prefix U SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL L LENGTH NO SEGMENTS N NO SEGMENTS 70 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation
37. as can be seen from the Netlist template The first is a OV voltage source which acts as an ammeter to measure the current input and then the actual current controlled current source that references it The direction of positive controlling current flow is from the positive node through the source to the negative node of the OV voltage source The characteristic equation for this source is i fi where f is the current gain The simulation ready current controlled current source component FSRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib 72 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples FLIM M7 Consider the current controlled current source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net N7 e Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net N10 e Pin3 positive output node is connected to net GND e Pin4 negative output node is connected to net N11 e Designator is FLIM e Gain 1 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist VFLIM N7 N10 OV FLIM O N11 VFLIM 1 PSpice Support The following general PSpice model form is supported F lt name gt lt node gt lt node gt POLY lt value gt lt controlling V device name gt lt lt polynomial coefficient value gt gt This device does not support linked model files The netl
38. contact resistance in Ohms Resistance coil resistance in Ohms Inductance coil inductance in Henrys Notes A relay is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of a relay open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line Examples Consider the relay in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 is connected to net OUT e Pin2 is connected to net P2 e Pin3 is connected to net P1 e Pin4 is connected to net In e Pind is connected to net GND e Designator is RLY1 e The linked simulation sub circuit file is 12VSPDT ckt with the following content Generic relay pins COM NC NO T1 T2 SPDT Relay Subcircuit Parameters PULLIN Pull in voltage DROPOFF Drop off voltage TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 185 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference CONTACT C
39. mobility reduction coefficient in 1 V Default 0 Channel Length Modulation and Charge Sharing Parameters LAMBDA depletion length coefficient channel length modulation Default 0 5 WETA narrow channel effect coefficient Default 0 25 LETA short channel effect coefficient Default 0 1 Reverse Short Channel Effect Parameters Q0 QO reverse short channel effect peak charge density in As m Default 0 LK reverse short channel effect characteristic length in meters Default 0 29e 6 Impact lonization Related Parameters IBA first impact ionization coefficient in 1 m Default 0 IBB second impact ionization coefficient in V m Default 3 0e8 IBN saturation voltage factor for impact ionization Default 1 0 Intrinsic Model Temperature Parameters TCV threshold voltage temperature coefficient in V K Default 1 0e 3 BEX mobility temperature exponent Default 1 5 UCEX longitudinal critical field temperature exponent Default 0 8 IBBT temperature coefficient for IBB in 1 K Default 9 0e 4 Flicker Noise Parameters KF flicker noise coefficient Default 0 AF flicker noise exponent Default 1 Setup Parameters NQS non quasi static NQS operation switch Default 0 SATLIM ratio defining the saturation limit Default exp 4 Additional Parameters LEVEL model index Default 1 TNOM parameter measurement te
40. returns the minimum of x and y TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 25 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference PWR x y returns x to the power of y PWRS x y returns signed x to the power of y If x gt 0 the result is positive If x lt O the result is negative SCHEDULE x yi Xn Yn allows you to control the value of y based on time x An entry for time Os must be entered From time x to x9 returns y4 From time x2 to x3 returns y2 and so on SGN x returns the sign of x a k a the signum function If x lt O0 returns 1 If x 0 returns 0 If x gt 0 returns 1 STP x unit step function If x gt 0 returns 1 If x lt 0 returns 0 TABLE x X14 Y1 Xn Yn allows you to construct a look up table returning the y value corresponding to x when all Xn Yn points are plotted and connected by straight lines If x gt than the largest x value in the table then the y value associated to that x value will be returned If x lt than the smallest x value in the table then the y value associated to that x value will be returned Additional Operator Support The following additional operators are supported e exponentiation e equality test e non equality test e amp Boolean AND e Boolean OR PARAM Support The PSpice PARAM statement is supported This statement defines the value of a parameter allowing you to use a parameter name in place of numeric values for a
41. 0 Al vd 1 2 vyd 3 4 vd 5 6 sigmu ult model signult malt in ofiset ix_cfiset y Orset in gain 1 Gain y Gain out gains ou ut Gain out orricets out oOfteet ENDS MULTR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 158 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TaS int in2 5 000 2 500 0 000 VJ 2 500 5 000 500 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 2 200 in3 in4 2 100 2 000 e 1 900 1 800 h L 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 25 00 20 00 15 00 10 00 5 000 0 000 5 000 10 00 15 00 20 00 25 00 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s out In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u PWL Controlled Source PWL Controlled Source Single Ended I O FWL PWL Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name PWL SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 Q DESIGNATOR PWL MODEL DESIGNATOR PWL pwl x array x array y array y array input domain input domain input domain frac
42. 0 2 are entered respectively for VIL and VIH on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog The entries in the SPICE netlist would be 182 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Schematic Netlist XV2 IN 0 A O FTOV PARAMS VIL 1 VIH 2 Models and Subcircuir SUBCKT FTOV 1 2 3 4 PARAMS VIL 1 VIH 2 CYCLES 1k A2 1 2 10 20 ade mod AZ 10 20 40 fcvs mod A3 40 5 dav_mod Bl 3 4 V v 5 CYCLES model adc mod xadc model dav mod xdav Model roys mod xsimcode file C Program Files Altium Designer Library Sim fcvs scb func fcvs VIL VIL VIH VIH ENDS FTOV The Netlister will evaluate the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the overriding values for the parameters VIL and VIH as defined in the Sim Model dialog and the default value for the parameter CYCLES as defined in the FTOV ckt file Fuse Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL PARAMS RESISTANCE RESISTANCE QRESISTANCE 2 CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog RESISTANCE series fuse
43. 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u 250 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Hyperbolic Sine Hyperbolic Sine of Current me G p ee G F SINHI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINHI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub circuit file SINHI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file xHyperbolic sine of Current SUBCKT SINHI 1 23 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I SINH I VX ENDS SINHI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINHI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT O SINHI Models and Subcircuit sUBCKT SINHI 1 23 4 Vx 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I SINH TI VX TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 251 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference ENDS SINHL The e
44. 0u 150 0u 200 0u Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 225 0u e Transient Step Time set to 900 0n e Transient Max Step Time set to 900 0n Differentiator Differential I O rR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name D DT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 S vd 3 4 DESTGNATOR DDT MODEL DESIGNATOR DDT d dt out_offset out offset out offset gain gain gain out lower limit out lower limit out upper limit out upper limit limit_range limit range limit rangel TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 129 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Gain gain default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Limit_Range upper and lower limit smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Notes This model is a simple derivative stage that approximates the time derivative of an i
45. 1 ENDS ASINHV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 239 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 v 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 HAt A tit a AA yo 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 w 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 Ou Hyperbolic Arc Sine of Voltage Differential Input H Cit BE y G E ASINHVR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ASINHVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ASTNHVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc sine of Voltage SUBCKT ASINHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ASINH V 1 2
46. 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file COSHV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic cosine of Voltage sSUBCKT COSHY 1 2 BX 2 0 V COSH V 1 ENDS COSHV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSHV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT COSHV Models and Subcireuit DUBCKT COSHY 1 z BX 2 0 V COSH V L ENDS COSHV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 248 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 1 000 0 750 0 500 i 0 250 V 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 1 t 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 1 600 Gia 1 500 1 400 e 1 300 1 200 1 100 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e T
47. 2 3 6 amp 8 MOSFET models not BSIM type models The link to the required model file md1 is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value BSIM BSIM2 Related The BSIM and BSIM2 models are designed to be used with a process characterization system This system is responsible for providing all parameter information values automatically through the use of a process file and therefore no default parameter values are specified As a consequence all parameters are required to be specified and the absence of any will result in an error If the XPART parameter is set to 0 a 40 60 drain source charge partition in saturation is selected If this parameter is set to 1 a 0 100 drain source charge partition is selected Certain model parameters those marked with an asterisk in the BSIM BSIM2 list of parameters also have corresponding parameters dependent on length and width For more information on these and other aspects of the MOSFET models consult the SPICE reference manual BSIM3 Related The following charge partition schemes are supported selectable based on the value entered for the XPART parameter e XPART 0 a 0 100 d
48. 3 4 MODEL PARAMS LOW LOW LOW HIGH HIGH HIGH C1 C1 C1 F1 F1 F1 C2 C2 C2 F2 F2 F2 C3 C3 C3 F3 F3 F3 C4 C4 C4 2 F4 F4 F4 C5 C5 C5 F5 F5 F5 CYCLE CYCLE CYCLE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Low peak output low value in Volts High peak output high value in Volts C1 input control voltage point 1 in Volts F1 output frequency point 1 in Hertz TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 193 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference C2 input control voltage point 2 in Volts F2 output frequency point 2 in Hertz C3 input control voltage point 3 in Volts F3 output frequency point 3 in Hertz C4 input control voltage point 4 in Volts F4 output frequency point 4 in Hertz C5 input control voltage point 5 in Volts F5 output frequency point 5 in Hertz Cycle duty cycle Possible values can lie in the range 0 to 1 Notes The parameters C1 C2 and F1 F2 define the voltage to frequency conversion function The C values define input voltage levels and the F values set the respective output frequencies generated for these input levels Linear interpolation is used t
49. 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 o 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 i l 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Hyperbolic Arc Tangent of Voltage Differential Input D gt W G E B Y g D ATANHVE 244 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANHVR SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ATANHVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc tangent of Voltage SUBCKT ATANHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ATANH V 1 2 ENDS ATANHVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANHVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT O ATANHVR Modele and Subcireuit SUBC
50. 500 0u Time s o Parameter Sweep Description The Parameter Sweep feature allows you to sweep the value of a device in defined increments over a specified range The Simulator performs multiple passes of any of the standard analyses that are enabled AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise The Parameter Sweep can vary basic components and models subcircuit data is not varied during the analysis You can also define a Secondary parameter to be swept When a Secondary parameter is defined the Primary parameter is swept for each value of the Secondary parameter Setup Parameter Sweep is set up on the Parameter Sweep Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Parameter Sweep entry in the Analyses Options list An example setup for this feature is shown in the image below Farameter Sweep Setup Parameter Value Primary Sweep variable AF resistance Primary Start Value 50 00k Primary Stop Value 750 0k Primary Step Value 40 00k Primary Sweep Type Absolute Values Enable Secondary Secondary Sweep arable Al resistance Secondary Start Value 5 000k Secondary Stop Value 15 00k Secondary Step Value 6 000k Secondary Sweep Type Absolute Values Parameters e Primary Sweep Variable the device or parameter in the circuit whose value you wish to have swept All possible variables that can be swept in the circuit are automatically loaded into a convenient
51. 500 Mil 2 000 1 500 1 000 0 500 A 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 2 500 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u 238 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Hyperbolic Arc Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input fot ASINAY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ASINHV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub circuit file ASINHV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc sine of Voltage SUBCKT ASINHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ASINH V 1 ENDS ASINHV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples ASIMAHV Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINHV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ASINHV Modele and Subpcircuit SUBCKT ASINHV L 2 BX 2 0 V ASINH V
52. 54 model index Default 1 flat band voltage in Volts surface inversion potential in Volts body effect coefficient in V Drain Source depletion charge sharing coefficient zero bias drain induced barrier lowering coefficient zero bias mobility in cm Vs shortening of channel in um narrowing of channel in um zero bias transverse field mobility degradation coefficient in V zer0 bias velocity saturation coefficient in um V sens of mobility to substrate bias at Vas 0 in cm V s sens of drain induced barrier lowering effect to substrate bias in V sens of drain induced barrier lowering effect to drain bias at Vas Vaa in Vv sens of transverse field mobility degradation effect to substrate bias in V sens of velocity saturation effect to substrate bias in umv mobility at zero substrate bias and at Vas Vaa in cm V s sens of mobility to substrate bias at Vas Vaa in cm V s sens of mobility to drain bias at Vas Vaa in cm V s sens of velocity saturation effect on drain bias at Vgs Vazg in umv gate oxide thickness in um temperature at which parameters were measured in C measurement bias range in Volts gate drain overlap capacitance per meter channel width in F m gate source overlap capacitance per meter channel width in F m gate bulk overlap capacitance per meter channel length in F m gate oxide capacitance charge model flag zero bia
53. Analyses Reference Setup Temperature Sweep is set up on the Temperature Sweep Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Temperature Sweep entry in the Analyses Options list An example setup for this feature is shown in the image below Temperature Sweep Setup Parameter Value Start T emparature 0 000 Stop 7 emparature 100 0 Step Temperature 25 00 Parameters e Start Temperature the initial temperature of the required sweep range in Degrees C e Stop Temperature the final temperature of the required sweep range in Degrees C e Step Temperature the incremental step to be used in determining the sweep values across the defined sweep range Notes At least one of the standard analysis types AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise must be enabled in order to perform a Temperature Sweep analysis Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Running a Temperature Sweep can result in a large amount of data being calculated To limit the amount of data calculated you can set the Collect Data For option on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog to Active Signals With this option data is only calculated for variables currently listed in the Active Signals list Temperature can also be varied using a Parameter Sweep This is useful if you want to vary the temperature as either t
54. COSHL 1 23 4 246 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference VX 12 0 BX 4 3 I COSH I VX ENDS COSHI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSHI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XML IN O OUT O COSHI Models and Subcircuiec sOUBCKT COSHI 1 2 3 4 VAX L ZO BX 4 3 I COSH I VX ENDS COSnL The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 ri 0 750 0 500 0 250 4 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 1 600 r2fi 1 500 1 400 4 1 300 1 200 1 100 1 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 247 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Hyperbolic Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input LORAY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSHV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1
55. Cycle Transient Max Step Time Transient Step Time When using Initial Conditions make sure that you first define the initial condition for each appropriate component in the circuit or place IC devices on the circuit The IC value of a component overrides an IC object attached to a net Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The simulation results are displayed on the Transient Analysis tab of the Waveform Analysis window Examples IN Rl x R2 OUT Consider the circuit in the image above where a Transient analysis is defined with the following parameter values e Transient Start Time 0 000 e Transient Stop Time 100 0u e Transient Step Time 500 0n e Transient Max Step Time 1 000u e Default Cycles Displayed 5 e Default Points Per Cycle 50 Use Initial Conditions and Use Transient Defaults parameters are both disabled The Time Value Pairs for the PWL Voltage source are Ve 3V Sus SV tans 0V 50us 5V p0u us SV The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses TRAN 5E 7 0 0001 0 1E 6 and running the simulation will yield the output waveforms shown in the adjacent image r f i Fi ot tv p pe o 0 00 20 00u 40 00u GO 00u Uo UDU 100 me 2 298 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Fourier Analysis Description The Fourier analysis of a design is bas
56. ENDS ASINVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT O ASINVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ASINVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ASIN V 1 2 ENDS ASINVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit eos in1 in2 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 e 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 See ep A 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time 3 2 000 aa 1 500 1 000 0 500 y 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 LI 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u 214 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Arc Tangent Arc Tangent of Current H I i F H l Q F ATANI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub
57. Frequency Hz The DC Sweep analysis generates output like that of a curve tracer It performs a series of Operating Point analyses modifying the voltage of a selected source in pre defined steps to give a DC transfer curve You can also specify an optional secondary Source 300 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Setup DC Sweep analysis is set up on the DC Sweep Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the DC Sweep Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list An example setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below DC Sweep Analysis Setup Parameter Value Primary Source VIN Primary Stark r 00 rn Primary Stop 1 500 Primary Step 20 00m Enable Secondary Parameters e Primary Source the name of the independent power source in the circuit that is to be stepped e Primary Start the starting value for the primary power source e Primary Stop the final value for the primary power source e Primary Step specifies the incremental value to use over the defined sweep range e Enable Secondary allows you to sweep the primary power source over its full range of values for each value of a specified secondary source e Secondary Name the name of a second independent power source in the circuit e Secondary Start the starting value for the secondary power source e Secondary Stop the final value for the secondary power
58. General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog to Active Signals With this option data is only calculated for variables currently listed in the Active Signals list Normally you would use a Temperature Sweep to vary the temperature for simulation However temperature can also be varied in the Parameter Sweep This is useful if you want to vary the temperature as either the primary or secondary parameter in a two parameter sweep As running a Parameter Sweep actually performs multiple passes of the analysis varying one or more circuit parameters with each pass there is a special identifier used when displaying the waveforms in the Sim Data Editor s Waveform Analysis window Each pass is identified by adding a letter and number as a suffix to the waveform name For a Parameter Sweep the letter used is p and the number used identifies which pass the waveform relates to e g Output pl Output p2 etc When you click on a waveform name in the Waveform Analysis window the values used for the parameters in that pass of the sweep are displayed both next to the wave plot and in the Status bar TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 315 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples VEC VEE Consider the circuit in the image above where AC Small Signal and Transient analyses are to be performed in conjunction with the use of the Parameter Sweep feature The Transient analysis is defined with the following parameter values e Transient Start Ti
59. Initial Condition of switch is OFF open contact e The linked simulation model file is VSW md1 66 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The entries in the SPICE netlist would be k Schematic Netlist S1 NetRLY1 4 IN IN 0 VSW OFF k Models and Subcircuit MODEL VSW SW The SPICE engine would use the value for the Initial Condition specified on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog As there are no parameter values specified in the model file the engine will use the default values for all other parameters PSpice Support To make this device model compatible with PSpice the following additional model parameters are supported and can be entered into a linked model file md1 for the device VOFF control voltage for OFF state in Volts Default 0 VON control voltage for ON state in Volts Default 1 Where a parameter has an indicated default that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The format for the PSpice model file is The following parameters MODEL ModelName VSWITCH Model Parameters common to most devices in PSpice are not supported T_ABS where e ModelName is the name of the model the link to which is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog This name is used in the netlist MODEL to reference the required model in the linked model file T MEASURED T_REL_GLOBAL T REL LOCAL e Model Parameters are
60. Models and Analyses Reference Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Length length of the RC line in meters Default 1 No Segments the number of lumped segments to use in modeling the RC line Default 6 Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file K propagation constant Default 2 FMAX maximum frequency of interest in Hertz Default 1 0G RPERL resistance per unit length in Ohms m Default 1000 CPERL capacitance per unit length in Farads m Default 1 0e 15 ISPERL saturation current per unit length in Amps m Default 0 RSPERL diode resistance per unit length in Ohms m Default 0 Notes The model is derived from a model proposed by L Gertzberrg The model is accomplished by a subcircuit type expansion of the URC line into a network of lumped RC segments with internally generated nodes The RC segments are in geometric progression increasing toward the middle of the line with K as a proportionality constant If a value for the number of lumped segments to be used in modeling the line is not specified it will be calcu
61. Name Model File SPICE Prefix ASINHVR Hyperbolic arc sine of voltage differential ASINHVR ASINHVR ckt X input ee a E fe ATANHV Atari reno arc tangent of voltage single ATANHV ATANHV ckt ended input ATANHVR Hyperbolic arc tangent of voltage differential ATANHVR ATANHVR ckt input a a a O S e json see 1a COSHV _ cosine of voltage single ended COSHV COSHV ckt input COSHVR Hyperbolic cosine of voltage differential COSHVR COSHVR ckt a input oe e a O cosv cose orvotaco eetninpa cos conve x Tom fonamen fom oman ooo Tow osonro raean ow owen x onm vison ates areenaa owe owe x ee E E E oer erreren araeo e oera p eS Jee eee e Pets oa Natural logarithm of voltage single ended LNV ckt input LNVR Natural logarithm of voltage differential LNVR LNVR ckt a input a a a Oo Dioon rorirori too roov x mun rumanos vun marion x TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 5 TT gt lt TTT gt lt i gt lt XxX Xx Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix MULTV Multiplication of voltages single ended MULTV MULTV ckt input a Multiplication of voltages differential input MULTVR MULTVR ckt SINHD Hyperbolic sine of current SINHI SINHI ckt SINHV Hyperbolic sine of voltage single ended SINHV SINHV ckt input E E E E o o a a x su owane Js fow ooo suav suraaon ete raora rous sue
62. Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog will be used Default 27 multiplication factor Default 1 This parameter is only available when using the EKV model Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file when using the Shichman Hodges MOS2 MOS3 or MOS6 models LEVEL VTO KP GAMMA PHI z LAMBDA RD RS CBD CBS CGSO 52 model index Default 1 zero bias threshold voltage Vro in Volts Default 0 transconductance parameter in A V Default 2 0e 5 bulk threshold parameter y in V Default 0 surface potential in Volts Default 0 6 channel length modulation A in 1 V This parameter is applicable to MOS1 and MOS2 model types only Default 0 drain ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 source ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 zero bias B D junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 zero bias B S junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 bulk junction saturation current Is in Amps Default 1 0e 14 bulk junction potential in Volts Default 0 8 Gate Source overlap capacitance per meter channel width in Farads per meter Default 0 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 CGDO CGBO RSH CJ MJ CJSW MJSW JS TOX NSUB NSS NFS TPG XJ LD UO UCRIT UEXP UTRA VMAX NEFF KF AF FC DELTA THETA ETA KAPPA Si
63. Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog then the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Cl N1 VN 100pF CAP Consider now instead of entering a direct value for the capacitance the following parameters were defined in the Sim Model dialog e Length 10u e Width 1u the entry in the netlist would be Cl N1 VN CAP L 10u W 1lu The value for the capacitance will be calculated accurately using the geometric data specified and any further parameter definitions in the model file CAP md1 PSpice Support To make this device model compatible with PSpice the following additional model parameters are supported and can be entered into a linked model file md1 for the device C capacitance multiplier Default 1 TC1 linear temperature coefficient in eh Default 0 TC2 quadratic temperature coefficient in C Default 0 VC1 linear voltage coefficient in Volt Default 0 VC2 quadratic voltage coefficient in Volt Default 0 Where a parameter has an indicated default that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The following parameters The format for the PSpice model file is common to most devices in MODEL ModelName ca Model Parameters PSpice are not supported T ABS where 7 T MEASURED T_REL_GLOBAL T REL LOCAL e ModelName is the name of the model the link to which is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog This
64. Pin8 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e cntLarray 1 23 45678910 11 e Pw _Array lu 2u 3u 4u 5u 6u 7u 8u 9u 10u 11u e Clk_Trig 0 5 e Out High 10 e Out Low 0 e Pos Edge_Trig TRUE e Rise_Delay 40u The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AUL tvd CLK1 CLK2 svd IN1 IN2 tvd 0 0 tsvd OUT 0 AULONESHOT MODEL AULONESHOT oneshot Cntl array 1l 2345 67 3 10 11 pw array lu lt u ou du JU Gu Su Du 10m 1l elk trig 0 5 pos edge Trmig TRUE out low 0 Out bagh 1L0 rise delay 20u The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 120 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference clk1 clk2 e S 35 00u 37 50u 40 00u 42 50u 45 00u 47 50u 50 00u 2 50u Time s i in1 in2 oI io S 5 600 35 00u 37 50u 40 00u 42 50u 45 00u 47 50u 50 00u 52 50u Time s 10 00 9 000 3 000 7 000 6 000 5 000 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 0 000 35 00u 37 50u 40 00u 42 50u 45 00u 47 50u 50 00u 52 50u Time s out V In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 100 0u e Transient Step Time set to 20 00n e Transient Max Step Time set to 20 00n Current Limiter Current Limiter
65. Port 2 is connected to net OUT e Pin4 negative node of Port 2 is connected to net GND e Designator is LLTR1 e Char Impedance 500hms e Transmission Delay 20ns The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist TLLTR1 IN O0 OUT Q ZO 50 TD 20NS Lossy Transmission Line Model Kind Transmission Line Model Sub Kind Lossy SPICE Prefix O 68 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level It is not possible to pass parameter information directly from the schematic component The parameters must be defined in the associated model file Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file R resistance per unit length in Ohms unit Default 0 L inductance per unit length in Henrys unit Default 0 G conductance per unit length in mhos unit Default 0 C capacitance per unit length in Farads unit Default 0 LEN length of transmission line REL breakpoint control in arbitrary units Default 1 ABS breakpoint control in arbitrary units Default 1 NOSTEPLIMIT a flag that when set will remove the restriction of limiting time steps to less than the line delay Default not set NOCONTROL a flag that when set prevents limiting of the time st
66. Sinusoidal ISFFM Not Required Current Source TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 lt lt lt lt QQ mim OO Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix Sinusoidal Voltage Source Not Required VSRC DC Voltage Source VSRC Not Required gt DC Voltage Source with pin 2 VSRC Not Required connected to Ground by default and the following parameter defaults Value 5V AC Magnitude 1V AC Phase 0 Simulation Transmission Lines The following schematic components can be found in the Simulation Transmission Line integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Transmission Line IntLib ure Unions ura wafomied 7 crm tosytoanisonine eta urtama ooooooo Simulation Math Functions The following schematic components can be found in the Simulation Math Function integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Math Function IntLib ABSI Absolute value of current ABSI ABSI ckt ABSV Absolute value of voltage single ended ABSV ABSV ckt a input ABSVR Absolute value of voltage differential input ABSVR ABSVR ckt ACOSHI Hyperbolic arc cosine of current ACOSHI ACOSHI ckt Bo ACOSHV Hyperbolic arc cosine of voltage single ACOSHV ACOSHV ckt X ended input ACOSHVR Hyperbolic arc cosine of voltage differential ACOSHVR ACOSHVR ckt n input 4 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 HTT Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Component Description Model
67. The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain transresistance of the source in Ohms Notes This source produces a voltage at the output terminals that is a linear function of the current at the input terminals dependant on the transresistance of the source The current controlled voltage source actually implements two individual devices as can be seen from the Netlist template The first is a OV voltage source which acts as an ammeter to measure the current input and then the actual current controlled voltage source that references it The direction of positive controlling current flow is from the positive node through the source to the negative node of the OV voltage source The characteristic equation for this source is v hi where h is the transresistance The simulation ready current controlled voltage source component HSRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Ii sei N11 Consider the current controlled voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics 88 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Pin positive controlling node is connected to n
68. Time set to 200 0u Addition of Voltages Single Ended Inputs c Vd Cl E H Ye ADDY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ADDV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub circuit file ADDV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Add Voltages SUBCKT ADDV 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS ADDV Examples V1 Consider the circuit in the previous image With respect to the ADDV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 VIN1 VIN2 OUT ADDV Models and Subcircuit sSUBCKT ADDY 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS ADDV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 203 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 5 200 vint 5 100 gt 5 000 4 900 800 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 5 000 r vin2 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 gt 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 10 00 9 000 me 8 000 7 000 6 000 gt 5 000 4 000 3 000 2
69. To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Clk_Trig clock trigger value Default 0 5 cntl_array control array Default 0 Fall_ Delay delay between receiving a valid trigger level and the output starting to fall from high value to low value Default 1 0e 9 Fall_Time output fall time Default 1 0e 9 Out_High output high value Default 1 Out_Low output low value Default 0 Pos_ Edge _ Trig positive TRUE negative FALSE edge trigger switch Default TRUE Pw_Array pulse width array This value must be greater than or equal to zero Default 1 0e 6 Rise_Delay delay between receiving a valid trigger level and the output starting to rise from low value to high value Default 1 0e 9 Rise_Time output rise time Default 1 0e 9 Notes This model is used to output a single pulse the width of which is determined by a user defined piece wise linear waveform and a controlling input The cntl_ array parameter values are input coordinate points progressively increasing while the Pw Array parameter values represent the corresponding pulse widths at those points You could think of the function as being analogous to a look up table where the input signal cnt1 pin of the device amplitude is mapped to the corresponding input value in the cntl_ array and then the Pw Array value that this is p
70. V_Pwr_Range Source_Range Sink_Range R_Out_Domain Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference input offset Default 0 gain Default 1 sourcing resistance The value entered must lie in the range 1 0e 9 to 1 0e9 Default 1 sinking resistance The value entered must lie in the range 1 0e 9 to 1 0e9 Default 1 current sourcing limit The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 12 current sinking limit The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 12 upper and lower power supply smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 6 sourcing current smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 sinking current smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 internal external voltage delta smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 This function models the operation of an operational amplifier or comparator at the highest level All of the device pins act as inputs with six of the eight pos pwr neg pwr and out pin pairs differential also capable of acting as outputs The device takes a differential voltage input and applies offset and gain as determined by the values assigned to the In Offset and Gain parameters An equivalent internal voltage Vea is derived from the result which is subsequently limited by the range defined by the differential vo
71. Vo VA e tD ETA sin 27rF t tp where t is an instance of time Vo is the DC offset voltage of the signal generator Va is the maximum amplitude of the output swing excluding the DC offset F is the Frequency tp is the Delay and THETA is the Damping Factor The simulation ready sinusoidal voltage source component VSIN can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 101 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples INPUT P 10k Vin Voll Consider the sinusoidal voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net INPUT e Pin2 negative is connected to net GND e Designator is Vin e Frequency 10k e All other parameters for the model are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Vin INPUT 0 DC 0 SIN O 1 10k 0 0 AC 1 U Voltage Controlled Voltage Source ESRC Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Voltage Controlled SPICE Prefix E SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 3 4 1 2 GAIN Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Pr
72. a list of supported parameters for the model entered with values as required For an example of using a PSpice compatible voltage controlled switch model in a simulation refer to the example project PSpice Switch PrjPCB which can be found in the Examples Circuit Simulation PSpice Examples PSpice switch folder of the installation Transmission Lines Lossless Transmission Line Model Kind Transmission Line Model Sub Kind Lossless SPICE Prefix T SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 Z0 CHAR IMPEDANCE TRANSMISSION DELAY TD TRANSMISSION DELAY F FREQUENCY NORMALISED LENGTH NL NORMALISED LENGTH INITIAL VOLTAGE 1 IC INITIAL VOLTAGE 1 INITIAL CURRENT 1 INITIAL VOLTAGE 2 INITIAL CURRENT 2 Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Char Impedance characteristic impedance in Ohms Default 50 Transmission Delay Transmission delay in seconds Default 10n TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 67 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Frequency frequency in Hertz Normalised Length normalized electrical length of the transmission line with respect to the wavelength in the line at
73. algorithm Disabled OPTS Displays a list of all standard SPICE3 Option parameter settings Disabled PIVREL Sets relative ratio between the largest column entry in the matrix and 1 000m an acceptable pivot value The value must be between 0 and 1 PIVTOL Sets the absolute min value for a matrix entry to be accepted as a 100 0e 15 pivot PROPMNS Sets scale factor used to determine min propagation delay when value 500 0m is not specified in SimCode model PROPMXS Sets scale factor used to determine max propagation delay when 1 500 value is not specified in SimCode model RAMPTIME 0 000 Controls turn on time of independent sources and capacitor and inductor initial conditions from zero to their final value during the time period specified in seconds RELTOL Sets relative error tolerance of the program The value must be 1 000m between 0 and 1 RSHUNT Value in ohms of resistors added between each circuit node and 0 000 No shunt ground helping to eliminate problems such as singular matrix errors resistors In general the value of RSHUNT should be set to a very high resistance 1e 12 SIMWARN Allows SimCode warning messages to be displayed at run time None SimCode warnings may include information concerning timing violations tsetup thold etc or indicate supply voltage dropping below device specifications None No Yes SRCSTEP Sets the number of steps in the source stepping algorithm for DC 10 operating
74. and used as a control to sweeping the Primary Sweep Variable All possible variables that can be swept in the circuit are automatically loaded into a convenient drop down list from which to choose e Secondary Start Value the initial value for the Secondary Sweep Variable e Secondary Stop Value the final value in the required sweep range for the Secondary Sweep Variable e Secondary Step Value the incremental step to be used in determining the sweep values across the defined sweep range e Secondary Sweep Type as per Primary Sweep Type above but applied to the generation of values to be used for the Secondary Sweep Variable Notes At least one of the standard analysis types AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise must be enabled in order to perform a Parameter Sweep analysis The parameter to be swept can be a single designation or a designation with a device parameter in brackets The following are some valid examples e RF Resistor with designation RF e 3 bf Beta forward on transistor Q3 e R3 xr Resistance of potentiometer R3 e option temp Temperature e U5 tp val Propagation delays of digital device US Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Running a Parameter Sweep can result in a large amount of data being calculated To limit the amount of data calculated you can set the Collect Data For option on the
75. branch currents fall within specified tolerances converge However if the voltages or currents do not converge within a specified number of iterations SPICE produces error messages such as singular matrix Gmin stepping failed source stepping failed or iteration limit reached and aborts the simulation SPICE uses the results of each simulation step as the initial guesses for the next step If you are performing a Transient analysis that is time is being stepped and SPICE cannot converge on a solution using the specified timestep the timestep is automatically reduced and the cycle is repeated If the timestep is reduced too far SPICE displays a Timestep too small message and aborts the simulation General simulation convergence troubleshooting When a simulation analysis fails the most common problem is failure of the circuit to converge to a sensible operating point Use the following techniques to solve convergence problems Convergence trouble shooting steps e When you have a convergence problem first turn off all the analyses except the Operating Point analysis e Consult the Messages panel for any errors warnings relating to simulation e Make sure the circuit is wired correctly Dangling nodes and stray parts are not allowed e Ensure that the circuit has a ground node and that every node in the circuit has a DC path to this ground Components that can isolate a node include transformers and capacito
76. can either be Voltage Gain output voltage input voltage or Impedance output voltage input current Setup Pole Zero analysis is set up on the Pole Zero Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Pole Zero Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list An example setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below Pole ero Analysis Setup Parameter Value Input Mode IH Input Reference Node 0 Output Hade OUT Output Reference Node 0 Transfer Function Type VToutput y input Analysis Type Poles and eros Parameters e Input Node the positive input node for the circuit e Input Reference Node the reference node for the input of the circuit Default 0 GND e Output Node the positive output node for the circuit e Output Reference Node the reference node for the output of the circuit Default 0 GND e Transfer Function Type defines the type of ac small signal transfer function to be used for the circuit when calculating the poles and or zeros There are two types available V output V input Voltage Gain Transfer Function TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 307 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference V output I input Impedance Transfer Function e Analysis Type allows you to further refine the role of the analysis Choose to find all poles that satisfy the transfer function for the circuit Poles Only all zeros Zeros Only orboth Poles and Ze
77. circuit description Parameters can be constants expressions or a combination of the two A single parameter statement can include reference to one or more additional parameter statements In addition the following three internal variables predefined parameters are available for use in expressions GMIN shunt conductance for semiconductor p n junctions TEMP temperature VT thermal voltage Global Parameters Altium Designer s Circuit Simulator supports the use of global parameters and equations Use a global parameter in an equation and then use that equation in a component value on your schematic Alternatively define the equation as a global parameter and then reference the global parameter from a component value Simply include the expression or parameter name within curly braces when the Simulator detects this it will attempt to evaluate it checking the Global Parameters page of the Simulator s Analyses Setup dialog for the definition of any part of the expression that cannot be immediately resolved 26 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference R2 R2 VALUE Cl ES m INPUT NI N2 OUTPUT C VALUE C VALUE 1 AMP GAIN PULSE R4 Rl R4 VALUE Rl VALUE R3 R3 VALUE Analyses Setup fx Analses Options Enabled l Global Parameters Setup General Setup Parameter Value Operating Point Analysis CUTOFF _FREG ik a POUnER Anal o RI VALUE R2 VALUE DAMFING_COEFF 2
78. circuit file ATANI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc tangent of Current SUBCKT ATANI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ATAN I VX ENDS ATANI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN O OUT O ATANI Models and Subcireuit SUBCKT ATANI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ATAN I VX TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 215 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference ENDS ATANI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit ae v1 branch 15 00 5 000 A 0 000 5 000 10 00 15 00 20 00 f 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 2 000 Mil 1 500 1 000 0 500 A 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Arc Tangent of Vo
79. cntl_ upper p value at device pin cntl upper n Lower limit value at device pin cntl_ lower p value at device pin cntl lower n The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal The Limit Range is the value below the cntl_upper limit and above the cnt1_ lower limit at which smoothing of the output begins A minimum positive value of current voltage must exist between the cntl_ upper and cntl_ lower inputs at all times The Limit Range therefore represents the delta with respect to the output level at which smoothing occurs For example for an input Gain of 2 Limit Range of 0 1V and output limits of 1V on pin cnt1_ upper and 1V on pin cnt1l_ lower the output will begin to smooth out at 0 9 V The input values arriving at the cntl upper and cntl_ lower pins of the device are tested to verify that they are far enough apart to guarantee a linear range between them The range is calculated as cntl_upper Upper_Delta Limit_Range cntl_lower Lower_Delta Limit_Range and must be greater than or equal to zero When the Limit Range is specified as a fractional value Fraction parameter set to TRUE it is expressed as the calculated fraction of the difference between cntl_ upper andcntl_ lower 114 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Vuppos Vupneg Vilowneg Vuppos Vupneg Bonne Vilowneg 2V 100mV 100mV Consider the controlled limiter in the prev
80. coefficient of Abulk in 1 V Default 0 bulk charge effect coefficient for channel width in meters Default 0 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 55 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference B1 KETA A1 A2 RDSW PRWB PRWG WR WINT LINT DWG DWB VOFF NFACTOR ETAO ETAB DSUB CIT CDSC CDSCB CDSCD PCLM PDIBLC1 PDIBLC2 PDIBLCB DROUT PSCBE1 PSCBE2 PVAG DELTA NGATE ALPHAO BETAO RSH JS XPART CGSO CGDO 56 bulk charge effect width offset in meters Default 0 body bias coefficient of bulk charge effect in 1 V Default 0 047 first non saturation effect parameter in 1 V Default 0 second non saturation factor Default 1 parisitic resistance per unit width in Q um Default 0 body effect coefficient of RDSW in V Default 0 gate bias effect coefficient of RDSW in 1 V Default 0 width offset from Weff for RDS calculation Default 1 width offset fitting parameter from l V without bias in meters Default 0 length offset fitting parameter from I V without bias in meters Default 0 coefficient of Weff s gate dependence in m V Default 0 coefficient of Weff s substrate body bias dependence in m V Default 0 offset voltage in the subthreshold region at large W and L in Volts Default 0 08 subthreshold swing factor Default 1 DIBL coefficient in subthreshold region Default 0 08 body bias coefficient for the
81. component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Offset the DC offset of the signal generator in Amps Default 2 5 Amplitude the peak amplitude of the output current in Amps Default 1 Carrier Frequency the carrier frequency in Hz Default 100k Modulation Index the modulation index Default 5 Signal Frequency the signal message frequency in Hz Default 10k 76 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes The adjacent image shows an example waveform produced by an FM current source connected to a 1Ohm load with the parameters set to their default values 3 500 3 250 Current 3 000 2 750 2 500 4 2 250 2 000 1 750 1 500 L 0 000u 25 00u 50 00u 75 00u 100 0u 125 0u 150 0u 175 0u 200 0u Time s The shape of the waveform is described by the following formula I t lo la Sin 21rFct MI sin 2trFst where t is an instanc
82. definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 152 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Gain gain Default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Default 0 Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Default 1 Limit_Range upper and lower smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Fraction used to control whether the is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default FALSE Notes This model is similar in function to the Gain function However the output is restricted to the range specified by the output lower and upper limits The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal This model is also similar in function to the Controlled Limiter the difference being that the output limiting is defined using parameters of the model rather than providing the limit levels external to the device The Limit Range is the value below Out Upper Limit and above Out Lower Limit at which smoothing of the output begins The Limit Range therefore represents the delta with respect to the output level at which smoothing occurs For example for an input Gain of 2 Limit Range of 0 1V and output limits of 1V upper and 1V lower
83. drop down list from which to choose e Primary Start Value the initial value for the Primary Sweep Variable e Primary Stop Value the final value in the required sweep range for the Primary Sweep Variable e Primary Step Value the incremental step to be used in determining the sweep values across the defined sweep range e Primary Sweep Type set to Absolute Values to step through the defined sweep range exactly as entered from Primary Start Value to Primary Stop Value and thereby obtain a set of progressive absolute values for the parameter Set to Relative Values to add the values of the sweep range to the default value of the device or parameter thereby creating a relative set of values for the parameter For example consider a parameter sweep defined a s follows 314 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Primary Sweep Variable 10k resistor Primary Start Stop and Step values are 5k 15k an 5k respectively With the Primary Sweep Type setto Absolute Values the resulting resistor values would be used in the simulation passes k lk 15k If Relative Values is chosen instead the resulting values used would be lok 20k 25k e Enable Secondary enables the use of a secondary parameter variable in the sweep In this case the Primary Sweep Variable is swept for each value of the secondary e Secondary Sweep Variable the device or parameter in the circuit whose value you wish to have swept
84. entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XVL IN O OUT U SINEVCO Models and Subcircuic SUBCKT SINEVCO 1 2 3 4 PARAMS C1 0 C2 1 C3 2 C4 3 C5 4 F1 0 F2 1k F3 2k F4 3k F5 4k LOW 1 HIGH 1 Al vd 1 2 vd 3 4 ASINEVCO sMOVEL ASINEVCO 6ine cntl array 1Cl1i C27 103 1C4 4CSi freq array iFil Fc F3 F4 F5 out _low LOW out _high HIGH ENDS SINEVCO The Netlister will evaluate the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the default parameter values as defined in the SINEVCO ckt file 190 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Voltage Controlled Square Wave Oscillator a YCO sagr Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL PARAMS LOW LOW QLOW HIGH HIGH QHIGH CYCLE CYCLE QCYCLE RISE RISE RISE FALL FALL FALL C1 C1 C1 F1 F1 QF1 C2 C2 C2 F2 F2 F2 C3 C3 C3 F3 F3 F3 C4 C4 C4 F4 F4 F4 C5 C5 C5 F5 F5 F5 Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Low peak output low value in Volts High peak output high value in Volts Cycle d
85. entry under the SUBCKT line of the file TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 201 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Add Currents oUBCKY ADDI 1 2 3 4 5 6 VA 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS ADDI Examples V1 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ADDI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 INi O0 IN2 0O OUT O ADDI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ADDI 123 4 5 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I 1L VA 1 VB ENDS ADDI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 0 750 E 0 500 0 250 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 F 1 branch A 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 2000 1 500 1 000 0 500 o 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 l v2 branch 4 20090 FLL l Lj E Se Aaa i Beas ae 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 3 000 ritil 2 000 1 000 0 000 E A 1 000 2 000 f 3 000 Li 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u 202 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 e Transient Max Step
86. following image Transient Fourier Analysis Setup Parameter Value Use Initial Conditions Use Transient Defaults ka Default Cycles Displayed 5 Default Fonts Per Cycle All Enable Fourier Parameters e Transient Stat Time the value for the start of the required time interval for analysis in seconds e Transient Stop Time the value for the end of the required time interval for analysis in seconds e Transient Step Time the nominal time increment used in the analysis e Transient Max Step Time the maximum variation in size of the time step that can be used by the Simulator when calculating the transient data By default the value used is either Transient Step Time or Transient Stop Time Transient Start Time 50 whichever is the smaller e Use Initial Conditions when enabled the Transient analysis begins from the initial conditions defined in the schematic bypassing the Operating Point analysis Use this option when you wish to perform a transient analysis starting from other than the quiescent operating point e Use Transient Defaults when enabled parameters are automatically calculated before each simulation run overriding any manually set values e Default Cycles Displayed the default number of periods of a sinusoidal waveform to display This value is used in the automatic calculation of the Transient Stop Time when the Set Defaults button is pressed e Default Points Per Cycle the number of data points
87. gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt XxX X lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix SwP2 day DIP Switch ruho Pewa x XxX Xx SW DIP 3 3 way DIP Switch thru hole dpsw3 DIPSW3 ckt swore ivoro smen curona o orma P wors evoror smena Joms ormsa P swore em or smenio Jome ormsa P wopr ron 8 smena Jor orra P swore em or smen curona o ormsa P wopo ovoror smena Jame orna P as reseme RANE NR K zea ecse o ee Trans CT a Transformer Coupled TRANSFORMER Not Required Inductor Model Center Tapped Transformer Ideal IDEALTRANSCT IDEALTRANSCT ckt a aaa a a aaa EO Tans aea Terseras oenas x Tana Treewindnavarwomerronaeay Nowinans NowrRansoe x Trersiaee _ Tireonaro varsormer aean oewew oenm x Four winding transformer non ideal NI4WTRANS NI4WTRANS ckt x 0 Four winding transformer ideal IDEAL4W IDEALAW ckt x Trine Stoo Barectonar Tage Tryreor wacis macions x Twe aisos peamPowerrenaie Jasos fosse o Twe esn7 wean muou Toots ew esra M a a Tube 12AX7 12AX7 High Mu Dual Triode Mu Dual Triode Tube 7199 Medium Mu Triode and Sharp Cutoff 7199 7199 ckt a UTN N Unijunction transistor with N type base transistor with N type base NUJT NUJT ckt XTAL Crystal Oscillator XTAL XTAL ckt Simulation Ready Components by Manufacturer The follo
88. in F m See BSIM3 Related notes non LDD region drain gate overlap capacitance per channel length in F m See BSIM3 Related notes TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 CGBO CJ MJ MJSW CJSW CJSWG MJSWG PBSW PB PBSWG CKAPPA CF CLC CLE DLC DWC ELM WL WLN WW WW N WWL LL LLN LW LWN LWL TNOM UTE KT1 KT1L KT2 UA1 UB1 UC1 AT Simulation Models and Analyses Reference gate bulk overlap capacitance per unit channel length in F m Default 0 bottom junction capacitance per unit area in F m Default 5e 4 bottom junction capacitance grating coefficient Default 0 5 Source Drain side junction capacitance grading coefficient Default 0 33 Source Drain side junction capacitance per unit area in F m Default 5e 10 Source Drain gate sidewall junction capacitance grading coefficient in F m Default CUSW Source Drain gate sidewall junction capacitance coefficient Default MJSW Source Drain side junction built in potential in Volts Default 1 0 bottom built in potential in Volts Default 1 0 Source Drain gate sidewall junction built in potential in Volts Default PBSW coefficient for lightly doped region overlap capacitance in F m Default 0 6 Fringing field capacitance in F m See BSIM3 Related notes constant term for the short channel model in meters Default 0 1e 6 exponential term for the short channel model Default 0 6 length off
89. in2 0 750 0 500 0 250 H V 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 l l i l 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 1 250 1 500 H 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 259 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Multiplication Multiplication of Currents MULTI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name MULTI SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file MULTI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Multiply Currents SUBCKT MULTI 123 45 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS MULTI Examples Consider the circuit in the image above which uses math function components to implement the trigonometric base equation sin cos I 1 With respect to the MULTI co
90. is a sensing device which is attached to a node in the circuit and produces as an output a scaled value equal to the total inductance seen on its input multiplied by the value assigned to the Gain parameter This model is useful as a building block for other models which require to sense an inductance value and adjust their behavior with respect to it The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Examples ict Pulsed Value 4 Penod 15u Consider the inductance meter in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin input is connected to net NetL1 2 e Pin2 output is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e Gain 10 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 NetL1 2 OUT AU1LMETER MODEL AULLMETER lmeter gain 10 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 4 000 i 3 500 3 000 2 500 2 000 1 500 1 000 0 500 0 000 0 000u 10 00u 20 00u 30 00u 40 00u 50 00u 60 00u Time s 120 0m ai 110 0m e 100 0m 90 00m 80 00m 0 000u 10 00u 20 00u 30 00u 40 00u 50 00u 60 00u Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 60 00u e Transient Step Time set to 2 000u e Trans
91. is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e xaray 0 12345678910 e yarray 0 0 0 510 10 105000 e input domain 1e 3 e fraction FALSE The Time Value Pairs for the Piecewise Linear Voltage Source are OU OV 10U 1V AUU Ay 30U 3V 40U 4V 160 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 50U 60U 70U 80U 90U 5V 6V 7V 8V OV LOOU TOV The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AUL MODEL AULPWL pwl 0 IN OUT AUI1PWL U 0 Lnput domain le 3 Traction FALSE x array 0 L2 34020 7 6 9 10 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference y array SU 0 0 5 10 20 10 5 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit e 10 00 in 9 000 8 000 7 000 6 000 5 000 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 000 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s 10 00 out 7 500 5 000 2 500 0 000 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 100 0u e Transient Step Time set to 400 0n e Transient Max Step Time set to 400 0n PWL Controlled Source Differential I O PWLE Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 161 S
92. listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Num_Offset numerator offset Default 0 Num_Gain numerator gain Default 1 Den_Offset denominator offset Default 0 Den_Gain denominator gain Default 1 Den_Lower_Limit denominator lower limit Default 1 0e 10 Den_Domain denominator smoothing domain Default 1 0e 10 Fraction used to control whether the smoothing domain is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default FALSE Out_Gain output gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a two quadrant divider It takes two inputs one specified as the numerator the other as the denominator and processes them to obtain the output result as follows e The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the Num Offset and Den Offset parameters e The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for gain specified in the respective Num Gain and Den Gain parameters e The resulting values are divided e The quotient is multiplied by the value specified for the Out_ Gain parameter e The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_ Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output Num Num_Offset Num_Gain
93. location on the hard drive The model path is defined in the Simulation Preferences dialog and is relative to the Library folder of the installation By default the path is Library Sim Trouble shooting simulation analysis failures One of the challenges of all Simulators is convergence What exactly is meant by the term convergence Like most Simulators the Altium Designer based Simulator s SPICE engine uses an iterative process of repeatedly solving the equations that represent your circuit to find the quiescent circuit voltages and currents If it fails to find these voltages and current fails to converge then it will not be able to perform an analysis of the circuit SPICE uses simultaneous linear equations expressed in matrix form to determine the operating point DC voltages and currents of a circuit at each step of the simulation The circuit is reduced to an array of conductances which are placed in the 324 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference matrix to form the equations G v 1 When a circuit includes nonlinear elements SPICE uses multiple iterations of the linear equations to account for the non linearities SPICE makes an initial guess at the node voltages then calculates the branch currents based on the conductances in the circuit SPICE then uses the branch currents to recalculate the node voltages and the cycle is repeated This cycle continues until all of the node voltages and
94. not supported for this device type GDSNOI channel shot noise coefficient use with NLEV 3 JSSW bulk p n saturation sidewall current length L Channel length N bulk p n emission coefficient NLEV noise equation selector PBSW bulk p n sidewall potential RB bulk ohmic resistance RDS drain source shunt resistance RG gate ohmic resistance TT bulk p n transit time W channel width Switches Current Controlled Switch Ta Model Kind Switch Model Sub Kind Current Controlled SPICE Prefix W SPICE Netlist Template Format V DESIGNATOR 1 2 OV DESIGNATOR 3 4 V DESIGNATOR MODEL amp INITIAL CONDITION Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Initial Condition the starting point for the switch either open OFF or closed ON TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 63 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file IT threshold current in Amps Default 0 IH hysteresis current in Amps Default 0 RON ON resistance in Ohms Default 1 ROFF OFF resistance in Ohms Defa
95. ntLib e IR Discrete MOSFET Power lntLib e IR Discrete SCR IntLib e IR Rectifier Schottky IntLib e IR Rectifier Standard Recovery I ntLib e IR Rectifier Ultrafast Recovery IntLib Intersil e Intersil Discrete BJUT IntLib e Intersil Discrete MOSFET IntLib e Intersil Operational Amplifier IntLib KEMET Electronics e KEMET Chip Capacitor IntLib Linear Technology e LT Amplifier Buffer IntLib e LT Operational Amplifier IntLib e LT Video Ampilifier IntLib Maxim e Maxim Amplifier Buffer IntLib e Maxim Analog Comparator ntLib e Maxim Communication Receiver I ntLib e Maxim Current Feedback Ampilifier IntLib e Maxim Multiplexed Video Amplifier IntLib e Maxim Operational Amplifier IntLib TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 15 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Maxim Video Amplifier IntLib e Maxim Wideband Amplifier IntLib Motorola e Motorola Amplifier Operational Amplifier IntLib e Motorola Discrete BJT IntLib e Motorola Discrete Diode IntLib e Motorola Discrete IGBT IntLib e Motorola Discrete JFET IntLib e Motorola Discrete MOSFET IntLib e Motorola Discrete SCR IntLib e Motorola Discrete TRIAC IntLib National Semiconductor e NSC Amplifier Buffer IntLib e NSC Analog Comparator ntLib e NSC Converter Analog to Digital IntLib e NSC Discrete BJT IntLib e NSC Discrete Diode IntLib e NSC Discrete JFET IntLib e NSC Discrete Rectifier IntLib e NSC Inte
96. open its Component Properties dialog and confirm that there is a linked simulation model in the Models region of the dialog e The simulation model file that a component references is not in the location specified iin the Model Location region on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog This could happen if the associated integrated library in which the model is stored is not installed or it has been moved from its original install location All source component libraries are installed to the following location Library This root folder includes various sub folders containing component integrated libraries from specific manufacturers as well as two general integrated library files Miscellaneous Devices IntLib and Miscellaneous Connectors IntLib providing general schematic components many of which are simulation ready The Library Sim folder contains various txt and scb files for SimCode based simulation models such as CMOS and 74XX series digital component models The Library Simulation folder contains the following specific simulation ready component integrated libraries Simulation Math Function iInthib Simulation Sources IntLib Simulation Special Function lt IntLib Simulation Transmission Line IntLib e The path to the Digital SimCode model uncompiled source file txt or compiled file scb referred to as MODEL PATH does not match the location of the model This could happen if the model is moved to a different
97. points about which the hysteresis effect operates is determined by the values assigned to the In Low and In High parameters The output is limited by the specification of the Out Lower Limit and Out Upper Limit parameters The points at which the hysteresis slope would normally change abruptly are defined as In_Low Hyst and In_High Hyst for input transition from low to high In_Low Hyst and In_High Hyst for input transition from high to low Use of the Input Domain parameter with a positive value ensures that the hysteresis slope never changes abruptly but is rather smoothed over the specified domain the region prior to the hysteresis slope meeting the defined limit level The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Examples Consider the hysteresis function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 e Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 e Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out e Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e In_Low 3v e In_High 3v e Out Lower Limit 5V e Out Upper Limit 5v e All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AUI Svd IN1 IN2 vd OUT 0 AULHYST MODEL AULHYST hyst in low 3 in hagh 3 out lower Jimit 5 gt oun upper limits The effect of the function
98. query expression accessed by clicking the Helper button This expression returns all components that have a linked simulation model The entry is used as a wildcard for the model name The FALSE entry specifies that the model need not be the current model for the component if multiple simulation models have been defined and linked to the component Libraries The results of the search will be listed in the Libraries panel under a new entry to Place OP227Ar983 the libraries drop down list Query Results Bini este a The library search facility also offers the ability to refine the last search made This enables you to apply further perhaps more specific search criteria to the list of Query Results obtained by the previous search For example you might set up a search targeting the entire Library directory for all components that have a Component N ame Description al OP221GP Dual Low Power Operational 4m OP 22165 Dual Low Power Operational Am linked simulation model and a description containing the word Diode using the 4 OP221G2 Dual Low Power Operational 4m following query expression 4 OP 22 7a Dual Low Noie Low Offset Inet 53 Dual Low Noise Low Offeet Insti HasModel SIM FALSE AND Description Like Diode J OP 227EY Dual Low Hoise Low Offset Insti mr Pagi E OP227GY Dual Low Noise Low Dffset Insti w Such a search might well yield in excess of 1500 compon
99. resistance in Ohms CURRENT fuse current at rupture in Amps Notes A fuse is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of a fuse open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 183 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Consider the fuse in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 is connected to net In e Pin2 is connected to net Out e Designator is F1 e The linked simulation sub circuit file is FUSE ckt with the following content FUSE Fuse Subcircuit Parameters CURRENT Fuse current RESISTANCE Inernal resistance SUBCKT FUSE 1 2 PARAMS CURRENT 1 RESISTANCE 1m SW1 1 2 3 0 SMOD OFF BNLV 3 0 V abs v 1 2 MODEL SMOD SW VT CURRENT RESISTANCE RON lg ROFF RESISTANCE ENDS FUSE e CURRENT 500ma s
100. s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Multiplier Multiplier Single Ended I O x WIULT Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name MULT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL PARAMS X OFFSET X OFFSET X_OFFSET Y_OFFSET Y OFFSET Y OFFSET X GAIN X GAIN X_GAIN Y GAIN Y GAIN Y GAIN OUT_GAIN OUT_GAIN QOUT_GAIN 0UT_OFFSET OUT OFFSET QOUT_OFFSET Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog X_Offset X input offset Default 0 154 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Y_ Offset Y input offset Default 0 X_Gain X input gain Default 1 Y_Gain Y input gain Default 1 Out_Gain output gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a two input multiplier with offset and gain adjustment available on both inputs and output It t
101. set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u 256 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Logarithm of Voltage Single Ended Input LOGY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name LOGV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file LOGV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Logarithm of Voltage SUBCKT LOGV 1 2 BX 2 0 V LOG V 1 ENDS LOGV Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LOGV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT LOGV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT LOGV 1 2 BX 2 0 V LOG V 1 ENDS LOGY The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 257 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 o 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 0 000 0 250 0 500 V 0 750 1 000 1
102. simply set the Class and Sub Class fields as required and ensure that the Show only simulation ready components option is enabled Such a search could be narrowed further by entering a specific package type for the component and so on After running the search the results will be listed alphabetically and by manufacturer The following information is provided e Component Name e Manufacturer of the component e Description of the component e Package Type e Name of the integrated library into which the component has been compiled e Downloadable zip file containing all integrated libraries for that manufacturer e Date Component was last updated TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Search Component Index Online All fields are optional Component Mame Description hlanutacturer Class Sub Class Package Type Package Reference JEDEC Code Library Mame Eg Igoa Eg mciver All Manufacturers Discrete BJT Medium Power SOT 223 x 4 Eg PQ2J0 Eg MOA Eg Mohbmnla Menconrioher 3248s Show only simulation ready components C Show only components added or modified in the last month w 21 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Integrated Library Component Search Result s 50 matches found Class Discrete Sub Class BJT Medium Power Package Type SOT223 Sintwlation regdp centooredts onl Component Name Manufacturer Description Library Name Zip File L
103. specified by the output lower and upper limits cntl_ lower and cntl_ upper pins of the device The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal The Limit Range is the value below the cntl_ upper limit and above the cnt1_ lower limit at which smoothing of the output begins A minimum positive value of current voltage must exist between the cntl_ upper and cntl_ lower inputs at all times The Limit Range therefore represents the delta with respect to the output level at which smoothing occurs For example for an input Gain of 2 Limit Range of 0 1V and output limits of 1V on pin cnt1l_ upper and 1V on pin cnt1l_ lower the output will begin to smooth out at 0 9 V The input values arriving at the cntl upper and cnt1l_ lower pins of the device are tested to verify that they are far enough apart to guarantee a linear range between them The range is calculated as cntl_upper Upper_Delta Limit_Range cntl_lower Lower_Delta Limit_Range and must be greater than or equal to zero When the Limit Range is specified as a fractional value Fraction parameter set to TRUE it is expressed as the calculated fraction of the difference between cntl_ upper andcntl_ lower Examples Vupper CO Ul CLIMITER Initial Value 4 Y Pulsed Vahe 4 Consider the controlled limiter in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 input is connected to net In 112 TRO113 v1 6 Apri
104. specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value The simulation ready current controlled switch component ISW can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Examples Vee Vee Consider the current controlled switch in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND e Pin3 positive output node is connected to net NetRLY1 4 pin 4 of RLY1 e Pin4 negative output node is connected to net IN e Designator is S1 e Initial Condition of switch is OFF open contact e The linked simulation model file is ISW md1 64 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist VWS1 NetRLY1 4 IN OV WS1 IN 0O VWS1 ISW OFF Models and Subcircuit MODEL ISW CSW The SPICE engine would use the value for the Initial Condition specified on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog As there are no parameter values specified in the model file the engi
105. the lossy transmission line model LTRA is based on the convolution of the transmission line s impulse responses with its inputs The length of the transmission line LEN must be specified Setting any of the NOCONTROL NOSTEPLIMIT and TRUNCDONTCUT flags increases simulation speed but may affect the accuracy of the results Using larger values for COMPACTREL and COMPACTABS will result in reduced accuracy but greater simulation speed If defined these parameters will only be applied if the TRYTOCOMPACT option is enabled on the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog The link to the required model file md1 is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 69 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered in the model file The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value A lossy transmission line with zero loss may be more accurate than the lossless transmission line due to implementation details The simulation ready lossy transmission line component LTRA can be found in the Simulation Transmission Line integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Transmission Line IntLib You can easily create and reference your own model file
106. the resistor in meters Width width of the resistor in meters Default 1e 6 Temperature temperature at which the device is to operate in Degrees Celsius Default 27 C Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of process related parameters that can be stored in the associated model file TC1 first order temperature coefficient in Ohms C Default 0 TC2 second order temperature coefficient in Ohms C Default 0 RSH sheet resistance in Ohms DEFW default width in meters this value will be overridden by a value entered for Width in the Sim Model dialog NARROW narrowing due to side etching in meters Default 0 TNOM parameter measurement temperature in C If no value is specified the default value assigned to TNOM on the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog will be used Default 27 Notes You can specify either a direct value for the resistance OR enter values for the resistors length and width In the case of the latter a value for the resistance will be calculated in conjunction with parameter information stored in the model The equation used to calculate the resistance from geometric data is R RSH L NARROW W NARROW If a direct value for resistance is not specified the model name and length must be supplied in order for the geometric based resistance value to be calculated If either the length or sheet resista
107. this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 60 00u e Transient Step Time set to 10 00u e Transient Max Step Time set to 10 00u With the exception of the Pulsed Value parameter set to 4V and the Period parameter set to 15us all other parameters for the Pulse Voltage Source have been left at their defaults TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 109 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Capacitance Meter Differential I O CMIETERE Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name CMETER SPICE Netlist Template Format Q DESIGNATOR Svd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR CMETER MODEL DESIGNATOR CMETER cmeter gain gain gain Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain gain default 1 Notes This is a sensing device which is attached to a node in the circuit and produces as an output a scaled value equal to the total capacitance seen on its input multiplied by the value assigned to the Gain parameter This model is useful as a bui
108. to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic sine of Voltage SUBCKT SINHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V SINH V 1 2 ENDS SINHVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINHVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT O SINHVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SINHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V SINH V 1 2 ENDS SINHVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 254 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 3 000 2 000 1 000 0 000 V 1 000 2 000 3 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m Time s 10 00 7 500 5 000 2 500 o 000 a ll 2 500 5 000 7 500 10 00 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m Time s in1 in2 30 00m out 30 00m Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Logarithm Base 10 Logarithm of Current ele it P B l g E LOGI Model Kind General
109. to G The following are examples of generic netlist template formats that could be used for these model types VALUE model DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE EXPR The value for the EXPR parameter is entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog TABLE model DESIGNATOR 1 2 TABLE EXPR ROW1 ROW2 ROW2 ROW3 ROW3 Values for the EXPR and ROW parameters are entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog Any number of RoW parameters can be defined in the format lt input value gt lt output value gt The netlist format could be entered using the following alternative entry DESIGNATOR 3 4 TABLE EXPR TABLE Values for the EXPR and TABLE parameters are again entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog The value for the TABLE parameter is specified in the form lt anputl gt lt ourpurl gt xinput2 gt outoucZ gt lt i1nputn gt lt outputn gt POLY model Q DESIGNATOR 3 4 POLY dimension 1 2 coeffs The values for the dimension and coeffs parameters are entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 87 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Voltage Sources Current Controlled Voltage Source Hake Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Current Controlled SPICE Prefix H SPICE Netlist Template Format V DESIGNATOR 1 2 OV DESIGNATOR 3 4 V DESIGNATOR GAIN Parameters definable at component level
110. to net In1 e Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 e Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out e Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e num_coeff 1 e den coeff 1 2 6131 3 4142 2 6131 1 e intic 0 0000 e denormalized_freq 18849 5559 rads s 3kHz e All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The transfer function represented by the model is that of a normalized 4th order Butterworth lowpass filter The value entered in the denormalized_ freq parameter will move the corner frequency to 3kHz from the normalized 1 rad s or 159mHz The normalized transfer function for the filter is 1 168 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Gl ee 1sf 2 61315 3 4142s 2 61318 1 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AUL svd IN1 IN2 tvd OUT 0 AULSXFER MODEL AULSAPER xfer num coefi 1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference den coerrIi 1 2 0131 214142 2x6131 1 Int C O 0 0 0 0l denormalized Treq 1oc49 5952 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running an AC Small Signal analysis of the circuit 3 000 4 000 5 000 dB 6 000 7 000 8 000 9 000 10 00 100 0 1 000k 10 00k Frequency Hz dB out 100 0k In this example the following analysis parameters on the AC Small Signal Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Start Frequency set
111. type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value amplitude of the source voltage in Volts AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis typically 1V AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 89 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes This source produces a constant DC voltage output and is generally used to power the circuit If a value for the DC source voltage is not specified an error will occur when parsing the circuit to the Simulator If specifying AC criteria the following should be observed e Ifa value for the AC Magnitude is entered a value for the AC Phase MUST also be given otherwise an error will occur when parsing the circuit e fa value forthe AC Magnitude Is omitted but a value for AC Phase is defined the circuit will parse to the Simulator OK but the SPICE netlist will not contain any AC information for the source The simulation ready DC voltage source component VSRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the DC voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin positive is connected to net N14 e Pin2 negative
112. 0 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Divider Differential I O DIVIDER Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name DIVIDE TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 133 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 svd 3 4 Ssvd 5 6 DESTGNATOR DIVIDE MODEL DESIGNATOR DIVIDE divide num_offset num_ offset num offset enum gain num_ gain num gain den offset den offset den offset den_ gain den gain den gain den lower limit den lower limit den lower limit den_ domain den domain den domain fraction fraction fraction FOUL Gain Out Gain G out gain Pout offset out offser Gout oritser Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Num_Offset numerator offset Default 0 Num_Gain n
113. 0 V SIN V 1 ENDS SINV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 271 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 V 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 000 y i 0 750 0 500 0 250 R w 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 l 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Sine of Voltage Differential Input H V it Es Q E SIN VE Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINVR SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SINVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Sine of Voltage SUBCKT SINVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V SIN V 1 2 272 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008
114. 000 1 000 0 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Addition of Voltages Differential Inputs ADDVR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ADDVR SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ADDVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Add Voltages SUBCKT ADDVR 1 2 3 4 5 6 204 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS ADDVR Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ADDVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OUT 0 ADDVR Models and Subcircuic cUBCKRT ADDVR 1 23 4 5 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 4V 3 4 ENDS ADDVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circ
115. 000 0 500 0 000 0 500 4 000 1 500 2 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m Time s Afi A In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Division of Voltages Single Ended Inputs ry wW Cl E H Va DIV Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name DIVV TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 225 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file DIVV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Divide Voltages SUBCKT DIVV 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS DIVV Examples Consider the circuit in the previous mage With respect to the DIVV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XMdiv SINOUT COSOUT TANOUT DIVV Medels and Su ubcircuit sSUBCKT DIVV 2 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS DIVV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a tra
116. 000 2000 1 000 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 LLLLLLLCLLIL E US ES S lal Ba Sa EN ah Ea EN E EN ica E les 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m v3 branch AS B E L J jj ual eee ee Time s 30 00 v4 branch 20 00 10 00 A 0 000 10 00 20 00 30 00 _ patel Tea bea El Nal Et Ted Hi 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 25 00 20 00 15 00 10 00 E 5 000 0 000 5 000 E 10 00 15 00 E 20 00 25 00 PEST TAE A EA PA E EBEA oes A EO as TEEN TEA TEN TA TERN E AN KA O sca EN TAN ER DH 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s rati A In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 279 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Subtraction of Voltages Single Ended Inputs B gt H y2 SUBY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SUBV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SUBV ckt associated wi
117. 0006 100 0m 1 000 10 00 100 0 1 000k 10 00k 100 0k 1 000M Frequency Hz Noise Analysis Description Noise analysis lets you measure the noise contributions of resistors and semiconductor devices by plotting the Noise Spectral Density which is the noise measured in Volts squared per Hertz V7 Hz Capacitors inductors and controlled sources are treated as noise free The following noise measurements can be made Output Noise the noise measured at a specified output node Input Noise the amount of noise that if injected at the input would cause the calculated noise at the output For example if the output noise is 10p and the circuit has a gain of 10 then it would take 1p of noise at the input to measure 10p of noise at the output Thus the equivalent input noise is 1p Component Noise the output noise contribution of each component in the circuit The total output noise is the sum of individual noise contributions of resistors and semiconductor devices Each of these components contributes a certain amount of noise which is multiplied by the gain from that component s position to the circuit s output Thus the same component can contribute different amounts of noise to the output depending on its location in the circuit Setup Noise analysis is set up on the Noise Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Noise Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list An example setup fo
118. 008 1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Digital models These are digital device models that have been created using the Digital SimCode language This is a special descriptive language that allows digital devices to be simulated using an extended version of the event driven XSpice It is a form of the standard XSpice code model Source SimCode model definitions are stored in an ASCII text file txt Compiled SimCode models are stored in a compiled model file scb Multiple device models can be placed in the same file with each reference by means of a special func parameter The SPICE prefix for theses models is A Digital SimCode is a proprietary language devices created with it are not compatible with other simulators nor are digital components created for other simulators compatible with the Altium Designer based mixed signal Simulator Notes For more detailed information concerning SPICE PSpice and XSpice consult the respective user manuals for each The XSpice manual is particularly useful for learning about the syntax required for the Code Models added to XSpice by GTRI and extensions that have been made to SPICES Many of the component libraries Int Lib that come with the installation feature simulation ready devices These devices have the necessary model or sub circuit file included and linked to the schematic component These are pure SPICE models for maximum compatibility with analog simulators
119. 0m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Unary Minus of Voltage Differential Input H W it Es te G F UNARYVR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name UNARYVR SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file UNARYVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Unary of Voltage SUBCKT UNARYVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V V 1 2 ENDS UNARYVR 290 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the UNARYVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 UNARYVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT UNARYVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V V 1 2 ENDS UNARYVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit deid in1 in2 0 750 0 500 0 250
120. 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Exponential of Voltage Single Ended Input EXPY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name EXPV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file EXPV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Exponential of Voltage SUBCKT EXPY 1 2 BX 2 0 V EXP V 1 ENDS EXPV Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the EXPV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT EXPV xModels and Subcircuit 230 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SUBCKT EXPV 1 2 BX 2 0 V EXP V 1 ENDS EXPV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 0 750 0 500 0 250 e 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 2750 _ 2 500 2 250 2 000 1 750 1 500 e 1 250 i 1 000 l 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis pa
121. 1 250 1 500 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Logarithm of Voltage Differential Input Py Cit BE o Q amp LOGYVR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name LOGVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file LOGVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Logarithm of Voltage SUBCKT LOGVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V LOG V 1 2 ENDS LOGVR 258 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LOGVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 LOGVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT LOGVR 1 23 4 BX 3 4 V LOG V 1 2 ENDS LOGVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit ee int
122. 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 000m am 0 900m 0 800m 0 700m 0 600m T 0 500m 0 400m 0 300m 0 200m 0 100m 0 000m 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Absolute Value of Voltage Single Ended Input ABSV Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ABSV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ABSV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file 198 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Absolute value of Voltage OUBCKYT ABSY 1 2 BX 2 0 V ABS V 1 ENDS ABSV Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ABSV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ABSV Models and Subcircuit sSUBCKT ABSV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ABS V 1 ENDS ABSV The effect of the function can be see
123. 10TO1 1 2 3 4 PARAMS RATIO 0 1 RP 0 1 RS 0 1 LEAK 1u MAG 1u 4 Or W s WO N 6 DC OV VISRC RATIO 5 2 RATIO LRP RS LEAK 5 MAG sENDS LOTOL The Netlister will evaluate the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the default parameter values as defined in the 10TO1 ckt file Voltage Controlled Sine Wave Oscillator VCO Sme Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X 188 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL PARAMS LOW LOW LOW HIGH HIGH HIGH C1 C1 C1 F1 F1 F1 C2 C2 C2 F2 F2 F2 C3 C3 C3 F3 F3 F3 C4 C4 C4 2 F4 F4 F4 C5 C5 C5 F5 F5 F5 Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Low peak output low value in Volts High peak output high value in Volts C1 input control voltage point 1 in Volts F1 output frequency point 1 in Hertz C2 input control voltage point 2 in Volts F2 output frequency point 2 in Hertz C3 input control voltage point 3 in Volts F3 output frequency point 3 in Hertz C4 input control voltage point
124. 130 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 5 000 5 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 V 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 0 000u 50 00u 100 0u Time s 20 00 15 00 10 00 5 000 0 000 5 000 10 00 15 00 20 00 0 000u 50 00u 100 0u Time s 200 0u 200 0u Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 225 0u e Transient Step Time set to 900 0n e Transient Max Step Time set to 900 0n Divider Divider Single Ended I O DIVIDE Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name DIVIDE SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 DESTGNATOR DIVIDE MODEL DESIGNATOR DIVIDE divide den offset den offset den offset den lower limit den lower limit den lower limit enum gain num_ gain num_ gain den gain den gain den gain den domain den domain den domain 2o0ut_gain out_gain out gain TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 2num_offset num offset num offset traction fract lon G fraction Pout _offset out offset out offset 131 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are
125. 3 1P4 Po out low LOW out high HIGH duty cycle CYCLE ENDS TRIVCO The Netlister will evaluate the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the default parameter values as defined in the TRIVCO ckt file TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 195 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Math Functions The simulation ready components in this section provide for mathematical functions in the following categories e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential Hyperbolic Arc Cosine e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential Hyperbolic Cosine e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential Multiplication e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential Square Root e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential e Voltage Single Ended e Voltage Differential Notes Functions in each category are available for operation with voltage both differential and single ended and current The models for these devices are not built in SPICE engine models They are complex devices and as such are defined using the hier
126. 3 W 4e 3 TEMP 24 As long as a value for the sheet resistance RSH has been defined in the model file RES md1 the value for the resistance will be calculated accurately from the geometric data given PSpice Support The existing Spice3f5 model for the Resistor Semiconductor device has been enhanced to support the general PSpice model form R lt name gt lt node gt lt mode gt model name lt value gt TC lt TCl gt lt TC2 gt A PSpice model of this type should be linked to a schematic component using a model file Simply specify the model in a model file md1 then in the Sim Model dialog set the Model Kind to General and the Model Sub Kind to Generic Editor The Netlist Template Format should then be entered as follows Vres Model Kind General Spice Prefix R v DESIGNATOR 1 2 amp MODEL amp VALUE TC1 TC Q0TC1 TC2 1 TC2 ae Model Name isiceRES s P Capacitor S emiconductor nN Bester Although you could use the Spice3f5 Resistor Semiconductor Coupled Inductors B ae E A eneric Editor j model as this model type allows use of a linked model file a Model Location specification of the netlist format for a PSpice Resistor model Se MEE ae Resistor ariable O In File using the Generic Editor allows you to make use of the Spice Subcircuit ara additional PSpice parameters TC lt TC1 gt lt TC2 gt Oln Integrated Library Miscellaneous Devices IntLib
127. 4 in Volts F4 output frequency point 4 in Hertz C5 input control voltage point 5 in Volts F5 output frequency point 5 in Hertz Notes The parameters C1 C2 and F1 F2 define the voltage to frequency conversion function The C values define input voltage levels and the F values set the respective output frequencies generated for these input levels Linear interpolation is used to define input output values between the set points The voltage controlled sine wave oscillator is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the model open the associated sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line The simulation ready voltage controlled sine wave oscillator component VCO Sine can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLi
128. 50 ET 2 500 2 250 2 000 1 750 1 500 y 1 250 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 i i f 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used 232 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Hyperbolic Arc Cosine Hyperbolic Arc Cosine of Current se Cit l e l G E ACOSHI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ACOSHI SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub circuit file ACOSHI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc cosine of Current sOUBCKT ACOSHT 1 23 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ACOSH I VX ENDS ACOSHI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Examples Frequency 100Hz Offset 4 144 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSHI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT O ACOSHI
129. 900m 3 000m 3 100m 3 200m 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s vuppos branch A Differentiator Differentiator Single Ended 1 0 DDT Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 127 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Prefix A Model Name D DT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR DDT MODEL DESIGNATOR DDT d dt o0ut_offset out offset out_offset gain gain gain out lower limit out lower limit out upper limit out upper limit 2limit range limit rangs limit rangel Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Gain gain default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Limit_Range upper and lower limit smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Notes This model is a simple derivative stage that approximates the time derivative of an input signal by calculating the incremental slope of that signal since the previous time point The output upper and lower limits are used to prevent convergence errors du
130. ALSE Notes This model is similar in function to the Gain function However the output is restricted to the range specified by the output lower and upper limits The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal This model is also similar in function to the Controlled Limiter the difference being that the output limiting is defined using parameters of the model rather than providing the limit levels external to the device The Limit Range is the value below Out Upper Limit and above Out Lower Limit at which smoothing of the output begins The Limit Range therefore represents the delta with respect to the output level at which smoothing occurs For example for an input Gain of 2 Limit Range of 0 1V and output limits of 1V upper and 1V lower the output will begin to smooth out at 0 9 V When the Limit Range is specified as a fractional value Fraction parameter set to TRUE it is expressed as the calculated fraction of the difference between Out Upper Limit and Out Lower Limit Examples U1 Tn Pa Out Rl Vin LIMITER 1K AV Consider the limiter in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 input is connected to net In e Pin2 output is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e Gain 2 e Out Lower Limit 6v e Out Upper Limit ov e Limit_Range 0 1V e All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be S
131. B MBCPBOT1 gt a PNP Silicon Epitaxial Transistor Motorola Discrete BUT IntLib 17 Jul 2002 BCPS51 5 E http Avww altium com Library Component Details Microsoft Internet Ex Sl A AE N Altium Component detail Name BCP69T1 PNP Silicon Epitaxial Transistor gt E3 Manufacturer Motorola Component Class Discrete Sub Class BJT Medium Power Package Ref 315E 04 Package Description SOT 223 SC 73 4 Leads Body 6 7 x 7 3 mm inc leads Lew max Data Sheet Revision 1996 Footprint Code DSO G3 C6 6 Simulation Ready Yes im Model File BCP69T1 mdl Source Library Name Motorola Discrete BJT ntLib Downloadable Zip File Motorala_410805 zip 16 43 MB Last Updated 17 Jul 2002 Revision History 17 Jul 2002 Re released for DXP Platform Close Window Done Internet The Netlist Template Explained The Netlist Template allows access to the information that is entered into the XSpice netlist for a given component It is accessed by clicking on the Netlist Template tab at the bottom of the Sim Model dialog For all of the predefined model kinds and sub kinds the Netlist Template is read only If however one of these predefined entries does not allow enough control over the information placed in the netlist you can define your own template To edit the Netlist Template you need to select Generic Editor in the Model Sub Kind region of the Sim Mode
132. BX 2 0 V COS V 1 ENDS COSV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT COSV Modele and Subpcircuic oUBCKT COSV 1 2 BX 2 0 V COS V 1 sBNDS COSV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 221 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 ha 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 FH ENEE E eae Yee ee ere 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 000 0 950 0 900 0 850 0 800 w 0 750 0 700 0 650 0 600 0 550 0 500 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time 3 In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Cosine of Voltage Differential Input H y it HI H W G E COSVR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSVR SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes
133. CHGTOL Charge tolerance in coulombs 0 10 00e 15 CONVABSSTEP Absolute step for code model inputs 0 100 0m m TETE Oo Boolean output low value 0 0 000 BOOLT Boolean input threshold value 0 1 500 BYPASS Use nonlinear model evaluation y HLL LKKL Integration method Trapezoidal Spice Reference Net Name GND o Digital supply VCC 5 000 Digital Supply VDD 15 00 Preferences You can define the numerical integration method used for simulations in the Integration method field The Trapezoidal method is relatively fast and accurate but tends to oscillate under certain conditions The Gear methods require longer simulation times but tend to be more stable Using a higher gear order theoretically leads to more accurate results but increases simulation time The default method is Trapezoidal All of the digital components supplied in the component libraries have hidden power pins VCC and GND for the TTL devices and VDD and GND for the CMOS series devices These hidden power pins are automatically connected during netlisting and assigned the voltages specified in the Digital Supply VCC and Digital Supply VDD fields To change the default power supply values enter new values in these fields The defaults are VCC 5 VDD 15 To power any digital components in your circuit from nets other than VCC or VDD for CMOS you must include source components to create the appropriate voltages un hide the power pins for
134. CJS Ifthe Area Factor is omitted a value of 1 0 is assumed The link to the required model file md1 is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Examples cH Ol Ca IHO E _2N3904 E OUT Consider the BJT in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 collector is connected to net c e Pin2 base is connected to net GND e Pin3 emitter is connected to net E e Designator is Q1 e The linked simulation model file is 2N3904 mdl If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Ol C 0 E 2N3904 Models and Subcircuit MODEL 2N3904 NPN IS 1 4E 14 BF 300 VAF 100 IKF 0 025 ISE 3E 13 BR 7 5 RC 2 4 CJB 4 5E 12 TF 4E 10 CJC 3 5E 12 TR 2 1E 8 XTB 1 5 KF 9E 16 and the SPICE engine would use the indicated parameter information defined in the model file along with default parameter values inherent to the model for those parameters not specified in the file If the following parameter values were specified on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog e Area Factor 3 e Starting Condition OFF e Tempera
135. CJS VJS MJS XTB EG XTI KF AF FC TNOM Notes collector resistance in Ohms Default 0 B E zero bias depletion capacitance in Farads Default 0 B E built in potential in Volts Default 0 75 B E junction exponential factor Default 0 33 ideal forward transit time in seconds Default 0 coefficient for bias dependence of TF Default 0 voltage describing VBC dependence of TF in Volts Default infinite high current parameter for effect on TF in Amps Default 0 excess phase at freq 1 0 TF 2P1 Hz in Degrees Default 0 B C zero bias depletion capacitance in Farads Default 0 B C built in potential in Volts Default 0 75 B C junction exponential factor Default 0 33 fraction of B C depletion capacitance connected to internal base node Default 1 ideal reverse transit time in seconds Default 0 zero bias collector substrate capacitance in Farads Default 0 substrate junction built in potential in Volts Default 0 75 substrate junction exponential factor Default 0 forward and reverse beta temperature exponent Default 0 energy gap for temperature effect on IS in eV Default 1 11 temperature exponent for effect on IS Default 3 flicker noise coefficient Default 0 flicker noise exponent Default 1 coefficient for forward bias depletion capacitance formula Default 0 5 parameter measurement temperature i
136. CONDITION INITIAL VOLTAGE ITC INITIAL VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE TEMP TEMPERATURE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog specifies the number of equivalent parallel devices of the specified model This setting affects a number of parameters in the model Area Factor set to OFF to set diode voltage to zero during operating point analysis Can be useful as an aid in convergence Starting Condition Initial Voltage time zero voltage across the diode in Volts Temperature temperature at which the device is to operate in Degrees Celsius Default 27 Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file IS saturation current in Amps Default 1 0e 14 RS ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 N emission coefficient Default 1 TT transit time in seconds Default 0 CJO zero bias junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 VJ junction potential in Volts Default 1 M grading coefficient Default 0 5 EG activation energy in eV Default 1 11 XTI saturation current temp exp Default 3 0 KF flick
137. Carlo Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Monte Carlo Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list An example setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below Monte Carlo Analysis Setup Parameter Value Seed 1 Distribution Uniform Number of Furs 5 Default Resistor Tolerance 15 Default Capacitor Tolerance 154 Default Inductor Tolerance 10 Detault Transistor Tolerance 10 Default DC Source Tolerance 10 Default Digital Tp Tolerance 10 Specific Tolerances 0 defined Parameters Seed this value is used by the Simulator to generate random numbers for the various runs of the analysis If you want to run a simulation with a different series of random numbers this value must be changed to another number Default 1 Distribution this parameter defines the distribution of values obtained during random number generation Three distribution types are available Uniform Default This is a flat distribution Values are uniformly distributed over the specified tolerance range For example for a 1K resistor with a tolerance of 10 there is an equal chance of the randomly generated value being anywhere between 900 Q and 1100 Q Gaussian Values are distributed according to a Gaussian bell shaped curve with the center at the nominal value and the specified tolerance at 3 standard deviations For a resistor with a value of 1K 10 the center of the distributi
138. Controlled Current Source e DC Current Source e Exponential Current Source e Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Current Source e Non Linear Dependent Current Source e Piecewise Linear Current Source e Pulse Current Source e Sinusoidal Current Source e Voltage Controlled Current Source Voltage Sources e Current Controlled Voltage Source e DC Voltage Source e Exponential Voltage Source e Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Voltage Source e Non Linear Dependent Voltage Source e Piecewise Linear Voltage Source e Pulse Voltage Source e Sinusoidal Voltage Source 28 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Voltage Controlled Voltage Source Initial Conditions e Initial Condition e Nodeset Notes Many of the models have associated model files md1 A model file is used to allow specification of specific device parameters e g on and off resistances for a switch Many of the above models have been modified to make them compatible with PSpice In such cases PSpice support information is included as part of that model s information later in this reference Many of the component libraries Int Lib that come with the installation feature simulation ready devices These devices have the necessary model or sub circuit file included and linked to the schematic component These are pure SPICE models for maximum compatibility with analog simulators For more detailed information regarding SPIC
139. D2 mdl GaAs LED MOSFET N4 N Channel MOSFET externally terminated NMOS NMOS mdl M substrate MOSFET P P Channel MOSFET PMOS PMOS mdl MOSFET P4 P Channel MOSFET externally terminated PMOS PMOS mdl M substrate NMOS 2 N Channel Power MOSFET IRF1010 IRF1010 ckt TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 11 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix fren NPN apeiron Tarso O en O ena o oo o NPN1 NPN Darlington Bipolar Junction Transistor NPN1 NPN1 ckt Nen nen Darron Bpo sureson Tansstr nene nenea dX wens Nen Daringon aiar dunaren Traner ne Now fx opamp FET operatorer ampte aosa aosi eoo Omosa oposom f orroso oroso e Fru T oeer OO o O o x rwos2 Ferara ronermosrer rroo roso fx Pe PnP Boer urean Tereso e rera ooo oo Puer T PNE Darron Boar sureson arsso ener fenere O ooo Pne2 PnP Daningon Soar dureron Trarssor Pe Pweza dx Pues PNE Daringron Bipolar uneton Tensor eno enese fx Pur Prorat onuneson Terss eor foore ooo Conen wevaposrsncon taser onn onena Jo re Tress feo feara OO fret re esson fanear feo resan varaen fes o frare eoo resna varaner ves areare R reseno ressora T frora ooo Fes paad Ressorarar oan reston noreaures R _ Fespa ressor araroa reston nonea r Fessem somearausor resso res resa fe rera Temaro O fror o farea eoo C or di Naeger sR 12 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 gt lt
140. E3 consult the SPICE3f5 User Manual There were no syntax changes made between SPICE3f3 and SPICE3f5 The manual for SPICE3f3 therefore describes the correct syntax for the netlist and models supported by the Altium Designer based Mixed Signal Simulator General Capacitor Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Capacitor SPICE Prefix C SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE INITIAL VOLTAGE IC INITIAL VOLTAGE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the capacitance in Farads Initial Voltage time zero voltage of capacitor in Volts Notes The value for the Initial Voltage only applies if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Examples eal Nl C 02uF Consider the capacitor in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net N1 e Pin2 negative is connected to net VN e Designator is C1 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 29 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Value 0 02uF The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist C1 N1 VN 0 02uF Capacitor Semicondu
141. For example a source in the circuit with the designator VIn would appear in the Available Signals list as VIn z Notes The impedance measurement is calculated from the voltage at the supply s positive terminal divided by the current out of that same terminal To obtain an impedance plot of the circuit s output impedance follow these steps e Remove the source from the input e Ground the circuit s inputs where the input supply was connected e Remove any load connected to the circuit e Connect a two terminal source to the output with the source s positive terminal connected to the output and its negative terminal connected to ground e Setup the signals of interest as described previously and run the simulation The simulation results are displayed on the AC Analysis tab of the Waveform Analysis window Examples VDD vss C1 VDD vss sv 5y 112pF VSS l wT UL 5 R2 ap 100K 100K OOUT i LF411C IN C2 f SpF FSS VDD Consider the circuit in the above image where an AC Small Signal analysis is to be run To obtain an Impedance Plot analysis of the source VIN the signal VIN z is taken across into the Active Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Running the simulation yields the impedance plot shown in the following image 304 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 30 006 vin z 25 006 20 006 Ohms 15 006 10 006 5 0006 0
142. I SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 287 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes The content of the sub circuit file UNARYI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file xUnary of Current SUBCKT UNARYI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I I VX ENDS UNARYI Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the UNARYI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN O OUT O UNARYTI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT UNARYI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I I VX ENDS UNARYTI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000m rili 0 750m 0 500m 0 250m A 0 000m 0 250m 0 500m 0 750m 1 000m 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 4 000m r2 i 0 750m 0 500m 0 250m A 0 000m 0 250m 0 500m 0 750m 1 000m 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient
143. I O CLIMITERR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 113 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Prefix A Model Name CLIMIT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR Svd 1 2 5vd 3 4 S vd S5 6 S vd 7 58 DESTGNATOR CLIMIT MODEL DESIGNATOR CLIMIT climit in_offset in offset in offset gain gain gain upper delta upper delta upper delta lower delta lower delta lower delta SLIM range limit range limit range Yiracrion traction e iraction Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain default 1 Upper Delta output upper delta Default 0 Lower_Delta output lower delta Default 0 Limit_Range upper and lower smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Fraction used to control whether the limit range is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default FALSE Notes This model is similar in function to the Gain function However the output is restricted to the range specified by the output lower and upper limits which are defined as follows Upper limit value at device pin
144. IME amp RISE DELAY TIME 1U 2 RISE TIME CONSTANT amp RISE TIME CONSTANT 700N FALL DELAY TIME amp FALL DELAY TIME 2U amp FALL TIME CONSTANT AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Initial Value current amplitude at time zero in Amps Default 0 Pulsed Value maximum amplitude of the output swing in Amps Default 5 Rise Delay Time the point in time from to where the output begins to rise from the Initial Value to the Pulsed Value in seconds Default 1u Rise Time Constant RC charging time constant in seconds Default 700n Fall Delay Time the point in time from to where the output begins to fall from the Pulsed Value back to the Initial Value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 2u Fall Time Constant RC discharging time constant in seconds Default 300n Notes Use this source to cre
145. KT ATANHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ATANH V 1 2 ENDS ATANHVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 245 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference gei in1 in2 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 V 0 250 0 500 0 750 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 5 000 y 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 e 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 l 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Hyperbolic Cosine Hyperbolic Cosine of Current eS i be ma l g E OSHI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSHI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file COSHI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic cosine of Current OUBCKYT
146. Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name LOGI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file LOGI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Logarithm of Current sSUBCKY LOGI 1 2 3 4 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 255 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I LOG I VX ENDS LOGI Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LOGI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN O OUT O LOGI Models and Subcircuitr sSUBCKT LOGI 1 2 34 VX A 2 U BX 4 3 I LOG I VX ENDS LOGI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000m Mi 0 750m 0 250m A 0 000m 0 250m 0 500m 0 750m 1 000m 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 2 900 rali 3 100 3 300 3 500 3 700 A 3 900 j 4 100 4 300 4 500 4 700 4 900 l m 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time
147. ODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub circuit file EXPI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Exponential of Current SUBCKT EXPL 1 2 34 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I EXP I VX ENDS EXPI Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the EXPI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XML IN 0 OUT 0 EXPL Models and Subcireuit sSUBCKT EXPT i 23 4 VX L 2 0 BX 4 3 I EXP I VX ENDS BXPI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000m 0 750m 0 500m 0 250m A 0 000m 0 250m 0 500m 0 750m 1 000m 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m Time s 1 001 1 001 1 001 1 000 1 000 A 1 000 1 000 0 999 0 999 l l 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m Time s TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 rli 40 00m 50 00m r2 i 40 00m 50 00m 229 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200
148. OR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file LNV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Natural logarithm of Voltage SUBCKT LNV 1 2 266 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BX 2 0 V LN V 1 ENDS LNV Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LNV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT LNV Models and S bcircuit i SUBCKT LNV 1 2 BX 2 0 V LN V 1 ENDS LNV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 In 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 l 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 0 000 ad 1 000 2 000 V 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 l l 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Natural Logarithm of Voltage Differe
149. P_501B HDSP_501B ckt X Display CA RH DP Gray Surface Dpy Blue CC 14 2mm General Purpose Blue 7 Segment HDSP_503B HDSP_503B ckt X Display CC RH DP Gray Surface Dpy Green 7 62mm Black Surface Green 7 Segment HDSP_A511 HDSP_A511 ckt aioe A CA RH DP Dpy Green Green 7 62mm Black Surface Green 7 7 62mm Black Surface Green 7 Segment HDSP_A513 HDSP_A513 ckt 10 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix cae on ese Oo T S Dpy Overflow 7 62mm HER 7 Segment Display Universal 5082_7616 5082_7616 ckt X 1 Overflow RH DP Dpy Red CA 7 62mm Black Surface HER 7 Segment HDSP_A211 HDSP_A211 ckt X Display CA RH DP Dpy Red CC 7 62mm Black Surface HER 7 Segment HDSP_A213 HDSP_A213 ckt X Display CC RH DP Dpy Yellow 7 6mm Micro Bright Yellow 7 Segment HDSP_ 7401 HDSP_7401 ckt X CA Display CA RH DP Dpy Yellow 7 6mm Micro Bright Yellow 7 Segment HDSP_ 7403 HDSP_7403 ckt X CC Display CC RH DP X IGBT N Insulated Gate Bipolar Junction Transistor IRGPC40U IRGPC40U ckt N Channel IGBT P Insulated Gate Bipolar Junction Transistor PIGBT PIGBT ckt X P Channel Inductor Adj Adjustable Inductor INDUCTOR Not Required Inductor Iron Magnetic core Inductor INDUCTOR Not Required Inductor Iron Adjustable Magnetic core Inductor INDUCTOR Not Required Adj ieo iwanan O Jeo ieoor Jo LED2 Typical RED GREEN YELLOW AMBER LED2 LE
150. R enter values for the capacitors length and width In the case of the latter a value for the capacitance will be calculated in conjunction with parameter information stored in the model The equation used to calculate the capacitance from geometric data is CAP CJ LENGTH NARROW WIDTH NARROW 2CJSW LENGTH WIDTH 2 NARROW If a direct value for capacitance is not specified the model name and length must be supplied in order for the geometric based capacitance value to be calculated The link to the required model file md1 is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Either the direct capacitance value OR the geometric data used to calculate it can be entered but not both 30 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Examples i N1 Cap Sem Consider the semiconductor capacitor in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 is connected to net N1 e Pin2 is connected to net VN e Designator is C1 e The linked simulation model file is CAP md1 If a value for the capacitance was entered directly say 100 pF and no other parameters were specified on the
151. Range upper and lower power supply smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 6 Source_Range sourcing current smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 Sink_Range sinking current smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 R_Out_Domain internal external voltage delta smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 Notes This function models the operation of an operational amplifier or comparator at the highest level All of the device pins act as inputs with three of the four pos pwr neg pwr and out also capable of acting as outputs The device takes a single ended voltage input and applies offset and gain as determined by the values assigned to the In Offset and Gain parameters An equivalent internal voltage Vea is derived from the result which is subsequently limited by the range defined by the voltages applied to the pos pwr and neg pwr pins If Veqis greater than the subsequent voltage that appears on the out pin of the device a sourcing current flows from the out pin If the value for Ve is less than that seen on the out pin a sinking current flows into the out pin If a sourcing current results the value of the current will be controlled by a sourcing resistance as defined by the R Out Source parameter The sourcing current is limited to a maximum va
152. SINH hyperbolic arc sine function SINH hyperbolic sine function COS cosine function ACOS arc cosine function ACOSH hyperbolic arc cosine function COSH hyperbolic cosine function 94 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TAN tangent function ATAN arc tangent function ATANH hyperbolic arc tangent function U unit step function Returns a value of 1 for arguments greater than 0 and a value of 0 for arguments less than 0 URAMP unit ramp function Integral of the unit step for an input x the value is 0 if x is less than 0 or if x is greater than 0 the value is x The following standard operators are supported addition operator subtraction operator multiplication operator l division operator A power operator y x returns the value of y raised to the power of x unary unary minus operator unary x returns x To reference in an equation the voltage at a node in your circuit you must first name the node in the schematic using a Net Label You then use the name defined in the Net field of the Net Label s properties to reference the node using the following syntax V Net references the voltage at node Net For example if you have a node in your circuit labeled with a Net Label called IN then the following would be valid entries in the Equation parameter field of the source V IN 3 COS V IN By
153. SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ACOSHVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc cosine of Voltage sSUBCKT ACOSHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ACOSH V 1 2 ENDS ACOSHVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSHVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 INI IN2 OUT 0 ACOSHVR Models and Subcircuit UBCKT ACOSHVR 1 2 3 4 236 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BX 3 4 V ACOSH V 1 2 ENDS ACOSHVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit aaa int in2 1 750 1 500 1 250 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 0 250 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 250 ai 1 000 v 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient St
154. Simulation Models and Analyses Reference ENDS SINVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT O SINVR Models and Subcircuict SUBCRT GINVR 1 23 4 BX 3 4 V SIN V 1 2 ENDS SINVER The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit ine in1 in2 0 750 0 250 VJ 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 000 Ji 0 750 0 500 0 250 v 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 l 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 273 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Square Root Square Root of Current H Cit E k l Q E SORTI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SQRTI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESTIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content
155. Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Division Division of Currents DIVI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name DIVI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file DIVI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Divide Currents SUBCKT DIVI 1 23 4 5 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS DIVI Examples Mesin V3 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the DIVI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be 224 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Schematic Netlist XMdiv NetMdiv_1 0 NetMdiv_ 3 0 TAN 0 DIVI Models and Subcircuir sSUBCERT DIVI 1 2343 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I1 VA I VB ENDS DIVI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m Time s v branch A 1 000 0 950 0 900 0 850 0 800 0 750 0 700 0 650 0 600 0 550 0 500 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m Time s v4 branch A 2 000 1 500 1
156. Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u 288 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Unary Minus of Voltage Single Ended Input UNARY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub circuit file UNARYV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Unary Minus of Voltage SUBCKT UNARYV 1 2 BX 2 0 V V 1 ENDS UNARYV Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the UNARYV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT UNARYV Models and Subecircuic SUBCKT UNARYV 1 2 BX 2 0 V V 1 ENDS UNARYV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 289 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 eg 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 000 d 0 750 d 0 500 0 250 v 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 0
157. Template Format QDESIGNATOR vd 1 2 S Svd 3 54 Q DESIGNATOR GAIN MODEL DESIGNATOR GAIN gain in offset in offset in offset gain gain gain POUL OF TSseL Out Offser Cout ofisen TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 137 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a simple gain block that takes the input signal and multiplies it by the value assigned to the Gain parameter Optional offset adjusts are available on both input and output The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Examples Consider the gain function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 e Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 e Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out e Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e Gain 4 e All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 Svd IN1 IN2
158. Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 217 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Arc Tangent of Voltage Differential Input SS Cit Ee H WY Q E ATANVR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ATANVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc tangent of Voltage pkg ATAN V SUBCKT ATANVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ATAN V 1 2 ENDS ATANVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT O ATANVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ATANVR 1 2 3 4 218 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BX 3 4 V ATAN V 1 2 ENDS ATANVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 4 000 int in2 3 000 2 000 1 000 e 0 000 1 000
159. Tolerance 15 Default Capacitor Tolerance 15 All other parameters are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses TRAN 2E 6 0 0005 0 ZE 6 CONTROL TOL Cl DEV L5s Uniform TOL QLIBF DEV L03 Uniform TOL Q2 BF DEV 10 Uniform TOL TOL TOL TOL TOL TOL RI R2 R3 R4 RL V1 DEV 15 DEV 15 DEV 15 DEV 15 DEV 15 DEV 10 Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform DALiorm TOL VCC DEV lL02 Uniform TOL VSS DEV 10 Uniform MC 5 SEED 1 sENDG Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Running the simulation will yield standard waveforms for the IN and OUT signals For the OUT signal the following additional waveforms will be available in the Source Data region of the Sim Data panel corresponding to the five runs performed as part of the Monte Carlo analysis out_ml out mz out m3 out m4 gur ma Simply make the wave plot containing the out signal active and double click on each additional waveform to add it to the view The default waveform out will also be generated for comparison TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 313 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 o 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000u 100 0u 200 0u 300 0u 400 0u 500 0u Time s 1 500 1 250 1 000 0 750 0 500 Pi 0 250 ff 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 1 250 1 500 0 000u 100 0u 200 0u 300 0u 400 0u
160. Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u S Domain Transfer Function S Domain Transfer Function Single Ended I O Tis SAFER Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name S_ XFER SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR SXFER MODEL DESIGNATOR SXFER s_ xfer 71n offset in offset in offset gain gain gain num co iif Cnum cosfit den coertf Cden costi int 1C ant ic Cint 16 denormalized freq denormalized freq denormalized freq Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog in_offset input offset Default 0 gain gain Default 1 num_coeff numerator polynomial coefficients Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least one value must be entered for the array den_coeff denominator polynomial coefficients Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least one value must be entered for the array int_ic integrator stage initial conditions Default 0 denormalized_freq denormalized corner frequency in radians per second This allows you to specify the coefficients for a normalized filter
161. V Cit Ee i r Q E BORTER Model Kind General 276 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SQRTVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SQRTVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Square root of Voltage SUBCKT SORTVR 1 2 2 4 BX 3 4 V SQRT V 1 2 ENDS SQRTVR Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SQRTVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT O SQRTVR Models and Subcircuit oUBCKT SORTVR 1 2 2 4 BX 2 4 V SORT V 1 2 ENDS SORTVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 277 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 VY 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 1 000 o s00 0 800 0700 o 600 o 0 500 0 400 f 0 300 0 200 i 0 100 0 000 0 000m 10 00m in1 in2 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time In t
162. Width Fall Delay Pall Time The clr input to the device is used to reset the state of the function so that it is possible to retrigger and thus obtain another pulse The clr signal must be higher than Clk Trig to achieve this The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Examples 1 ONE SHOT Consider the One Shot function in the previous image with the following characteristics e Pin1 clk is connected to net clk TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 117 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Pin2 ctrl is connected to net In1 e Pin3 clr is connected to net GND e Pin4 output is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e cntLarray 1 23 4567891011 e Pw _Array lu 2u 3u 4u 5u 6u 7u 8u 9u 10u 11u e Clk_Trig 0 5 e Out_High 10 e Out _Low 0 e Pos _Edge_Trig TRUE e Rise_Delay 40u The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 CLK IN1 0 OUT AU1ONESHOT MODEL AULONESHOT oneshot cntl array 1l 343 6 7 83 10 11 pwuartay lu zu F 30 Ju 3u ou fu ou Bu 1Uu Tlul clk trig 0 5 pos edge trig TRUE out low 0 Out hig s 1l0 tise delay 40u The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 0750 0 500 0 250 0 000 0 250 4 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 00u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s clk v 6 200 6 100 6 000 e 5 900
163. age of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to5 000u e Transient Step Time set to 20 00n e Transient Max Step Time set to 20 00n Limiter Limiter Single Ended I O S LINWTTER Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name LIMIT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESTIGNATOR LIMIT MODEL DESIGNATOR LIMIT limit Fin offset in offset in offset gain gain gain rout lower laimit out lower lamit Gout lower limit zout upper limit out upper limit out upper limit limit range limit range limit rangel fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog 150 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Default 0 Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Default 1 Limit_Range upper and lower smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Fraction used to control whether the is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default F
164. age supply violation Errors are reported as long as the code for these conditions has been included in the SimCode model Default OFF Digital devices are modeled using the Digital SimCode language The source for a model is written using this language and stored in an ASCII text file txt The entry in the SPICE netlist will either point to this file or more commonly a file incorporating the compiled model information scb All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for any of PWR GND VIL VIH VOL and VOH on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value specified by the SimCode model which is generally determined by the family type and supply value For example if a CMOS digital device was connected to a 5 volt supply a high level on one of its outputs would by default be 5 volts However if VOH was set to 8 then a high level on one of its outputs would be 8 volts Examples 74LS04 7T4L504 7F4L504 UIIA 7F4L504 Consider part U9A of the DIP 14 logical invertor package in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 Input is connected to net Q1 e Pin2 Output is connected to net B3 e Pin7 of the package is connected to net GND e Pin14 of the package is connected to net VCC e Designator is U9A e No pa
165. aired with is used as the width for the output pulse signal The amplitude of the pulse is determined by the values assigned to the Out_Low and Out_High parameters The output pulse is controlled by means of the c1k input When this input reaches the level assigned to the Clk Trig parameter the pulse is triggered on either the rising or falling edge of the clock in accordance with the setting of the Pos Edge Trig parameter Upon triggering the output reaches its high value after time Rise Delay Rise Time and its initial value again after time TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 119 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Pulse Width Fall Delay t Pall Time The clr input to the device is used to reset the state of the function so that it is possible to retrigger and thus obtain another pulse The clr signal must be higher than the Clk Trig signal to achieve this The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Examples Ul ONESHOTR Consider the One Shot function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive clk input is connected to net c1k1 e Pin2 negative clk input is connected to net c1k2 e Pin3 positive cntl input is connected to net In1 e Pin4 negative cntl input is connected to net In2 e Pind positive clr input is connected to net GND e Pin6 negative clr input is connected to net GND e Pin7 positive output is connected to net Out e
166. akes the inputs and processes them to obtain the output result as follows e The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the X Offset and Y Offset parameters e The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for gain specified in the respective X Gain and Y Gain parameters e The resulting values are multiplied e The result is then multiplied by the value specified for the Out_ Gain parameter e The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_ Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output X X_Offset X_Gain Y Y_Offset Y_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset This model will operate in DC AC and Transient analysis modes only When running an AC Small Signal analysis the results are only valid when one of the two inputs not both is connected to an AC signal The input signals can be either single ended current or single ended voltage signals The built in XSpice multiplier function can take two or more inputs with no upper limit on the number of inputs considered This particular 2 input version is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax Within the sub circuit definition the XSpice Multiplier model is called and the parameters of the sub circuit file parsed to this model Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default
167. ameter will still only have the single entry 0 if used in its default mode The mismatch in array sizes will cause errors when trying to run the simulation If you intend to use the default value for int ic you must enter this value the required number of times such that the number of entries match the number of coefficient entries in den coeff For example if den coeff had the entries 19087 Led 325 0 26763 and you wished to use the default value 0 for int ic then you would need to enter the following for the int ic parameter value 0 0 0 The provision of the denormalized freq parameter allows you the freedom to either e specify the transfer function for a normalized 1 rad s filter and then enter the frequency of interest effectively scaling the filter after the normalized coefficients have been defined The frequency must be entered in radians second e specify the transfer function and related coefficients directly for the frequency of interest In this case the denormalization freq parameter can be left blank as the default value of 1 rad s will be used Truncation error checking is an inherent part of the model If truncation errors become excessive the model uses smaller time increments between simulation data points therefore providing for a more accurate simulation Examples SAPFERR Consider the s domain transfer function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive input is connected
168. ameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ACOSV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc cosine of Voltage sSUBCKT ACOSV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ACOS V 1 ENDS ACOSV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ACOSV Models and Subcircuit oUBCKYT ACOSY 1 2 BX 2 0 V ACOS V 1 ENDS ACOSV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 52 00m in 51 00m 50 00m e 49 00m 48 00m 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 700 1 600 e 1 500 1 400 300 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u 208 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Arc Cosine of Voltage Differential Input H V Cit Ee i G E ACOUSVER Model Kind General Model Sub K
169. and running the simulation will yield the output waveforms shown in the following image 80 00f NO output 70 00 60 00f 50 00f V 2HZ 40 00f 30 00f 20 00f 10 00f 0 000f 0 000M 0 200M 0 400M 0 600M 0 800M 1 000M Frequency Hz 3 000f Nicoutput 2 750f 2 500f 2 250f 2 000f 1 750 V 2HZ 1 500f 1 250 f 1 000f 0 750 0 500f 0 000M 0 200M 0 400M 0 600M 0 600M 1 000M Frequency Hz The top waveform shows the total output noise NO measured at the specified output node in this case Output The bottom waveform shows the amount of noise that would have to be injected at the input NI to obtain the measured output noise at this node If the Points Per Summary parameter had been set to 1 instead of 0 the output noise contribution of each applicable component in the circuit would have been measured and the corresponding waveforms for each made available in the Sim Data panel ready for use in the Waveform Analysis window Pole Zero Analysis Description Pole Zero analysis enables you to determine the stability of a single input single output linear system by calculating the poles and or zeros in the small signal ac transfer function for the circuit The dc operating point of the circuit is found and then linearized small signal models for all non linear devices in the circuit are determined This circuit is then used to find the poles and zeros that satisfy the nominated transfer function The transfer function
170. archical sub circuit syntax 196 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference All mathematical function components can be found in the Simulation Math Function integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Math Function IntLib Absolute Value Absolute Value of Current lay Qt EF w l Q E ABsI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ABSI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ABSI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Absolute value of Current SUBCKT ABST 1 23 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ABS I VX ENDS ABSI Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ABSI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN O OUT O ABSI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ABSI 1 23 4 VX L2 0 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 197 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BX 4 3 I ABS I VX ENDS ABSI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000m Mil 0 750m 0 500m 0 250m A 0 000m 0 250m 0 500m 0 750m 1 000m i 0 000m
171. ast Updated Click For info Click For contents BCPS2 Fairchild FHF General Purpose Amplifier FSC Discrete BJT IntLib Download 17 Jul 2002 Semiconductor 3 62 ME BCPS4 Fairchild NFN General Purpose Amplifier FSC Discrete BJT IntLib Download 17 Jul 2002 Semiconductor 3 62 MB M2765 1 Fairchild NPA Current Driver Transistor FSC Discrete BIT Intlib Download 17 Jul 2002 Semiconductor 3 62 MB HZT751 Fairchild PAP Current Driver Transistor FSC Discrete BJT IntLib Download 17 Jul 2002 Semiconductor 3 62 WB BFF2O Infineon NFH Silicon High Voltage Transistor Infineon Discrete BJT IntLib Download 55 Jun 2000 Technologies 103 KB BF7z1 Infineon FNF Silicon High Voltage Transistor Infineon Discrete BJT IntLib Download 55 Jun 2000 Technologies 103 KB BCPS3T4 PHP Silicon Epitaxial Transistor Motorola Discrete BIT IntLib 47 Jul 2002 16 45 MB BCPEST1 Motorola NFN Silicon Epitaxial Transistor Motorola Discrete BJT IntLib Download 17 Jul 2002 186 43 hE BCPEST1 Motorola FHF Silicon Epitaxial Transistor Motorola Discrete BJT IntLib Download 17 Jul 2002 16 43 hE BCPS1 Philips PAP Medium Power Transistor Philips Discrete BJT hledium Download 17 Sep Semiconductors Power ntlib a2 KB 2003 BCPSET4 NPN Silicon Epitaxial Transistor Motorola Discrete BIT IntLib 47 Jul 2002 16 43 MEY BCPS 16 Philips HPA Medium Power Transistor Philips Discrete BJT Medium Download 17 Sep Semiconductors F ower IntLib r92 KB z003 BCPS5 16 Philips HPA Medium Po
172. ate a pulse current waveform with an exponential rising and or falling edge Current 4 000 3 500 3 000 2 500 A 2 000 1 500 1 000 0 500 0 000 0 500 0 000u 1 000u 2 000u 3 000u 4 000u 5 000u Time s The adjacent image shows an example waveform produced by an exponential current source connected to a 10hm load with the parameters set to their default values The shape of the waveform is described by the following formulae TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 75 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference I to to trp liv I trp to trp lv Ipy lv 1 e RD RT hv Ipv hv e RD RT liv Ipv 1 e FD FT I tep to tstop where t is an instance of time liv is the initial value of the current lpv is the pulsed value of the current trp is the Rise Delay trt is the Rise Time trp is the Fall Delay and ter is the Fall Time The simulation ready exponential current source component IEXP can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Current Source lor FPM Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Single Frequency FM SPICE Prefix SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE SFFM OFFSET GAMPLITUDE CARRIER FREQUENCY MODULATION INDEX STGNAL FREQUENCY AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at
173. ault 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a two input multiplier with offset and gain adjustment available on both inputs and output It takes the inputs and processes them to obtain the output result as follows e The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the X Offset and Y Offset parameters e The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for gain specified in the respective X Gain and Y Gain parameters e The resulting values are multiplied e The result is then multiplied by the value specified for the Out_ Gain parameter e The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_ Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output X X_Offset X_Gain Y Y_Offset Y_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset This model will operate in DC AC and Transient analysis modes only When running an AC Small Signal analysis the results are only valid when one of the two inputs not both is connected to an AC signal The input signals can be either differential current or differential voltage signals The built in XSpice multiplier function can take two or more inputs with no upper limit on the number of inputs considered This particular 2 input version is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax Within the sub circuit definition the XSpice Multiplier model is called and the parameters of the sub circuit file parsed to this mode
174. b Examples Consider the voltage controlled sine wave oscillator in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 189 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Pin3 positive output node is connected to net OUT e Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND e Designator is V1 e The linked simulation sub circuit file is SINEVCO ckt with the following content Voltage Controlled Sine Wave Oscillator LOW Peak output low value HIGH Peak output high value ae Dal Input control voltage point 1 CZ Input control voltage point 2 CS Input control voltage point 3 a Input control voltage point 4 COS Input control voltage point 5 EL Output frequency point 1 F2 Output frequency point 2 F3 Output frequency point 3 F4 Output frequency point 4 E3 Output frequency point 5 x Connections i LnF In l l Out a Out i I tot SUBCKT SINEVCO 1 2 3 4 PARAMS C1 0 C2 1 C3 2 C4 3 C5 4 F1 0 F2 1k F3 2k F4 3k F5S 4k LOW 1 HIGH 1 Al svd 1 2 tvd 3 4 ASINEVCO MODEL ASINEVCO Sine cntl array Cly C2 C3 C4 Co t treg array 1Fl 1F2 gt Fo F4 PF3 oul _low low out _high HIGH ENDS SINEVCO If no overriding values for the parameters are entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog the
175. b e AD Video Amplifier IntLib Burr Brown e BB Amplifier Buffer IntLib e BB Analog Integrator IntLib e BB Differential Amplifier IntLib e BB Instrumentation Amplifier IntLib e BB Isolation Ampilifier IntLib e BB Logarithmic Amplifier IntLib e BB Operational Amplifier IntLib e BB Transconductance Amplifier IntLib e BB Universal Active Filter IntLib e BB Voltage Controlled Amplifier IntLib ECS e ECS Crystal Oscillator IntLib Elantec e Elantec Amplifier Buffer IntLib e Elantec Analog Comparator ntLib e Elantec Analog Multiplier Divider IntLib e Elantec Interface Line Transceiver ntLib e Elantec Operational Amplifier IntLib e Elantec Video Amplifier IntLib e Elantec Video Gain Control Circuit IntLib 14 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Fairchild Semiconductor e FSC Discrete BJT IntLib e FSC Discrete Diode IntLib e FSC Discrete Rectifier IntLib e FSC Interface Display Driver IntLib e FSC Interface Line Transceiver ntLib e FSC Logic Buffer Line Driver IntLib e FSC Logic Counter I ntLib e FSC Logic Decoder Demux ntLib e FSC Logic Flip Flop IntLib e FSC Logic Gate IntLib e FSC Logic Latch IntLib e FSC Logic Multiplexer IntLib e FSC Logic Parity Gen Check Detect IntLib e FSC Logic Register IntLib Infineon e Infineon Discrete BUT IntLib e Infineon Discrete Diode ntLib International Rectifier e IR Discrete IGBT IntLib e IR Discrete MOSFET Half Bridge IntLib e IR Discrete MOSFET Low Power I
176. be stated explicitly even if a coefficient is Zero The model takes the differential input signal applies any offset and gain specified by the in offset and gain parameters and then multiplies the result by the transfer function determined by the polynomial coefficient entered in the respective num_coeff and den coeff parameters When specifying the coefficients for numerator and denominator the highest powered term coefficient must be entered first followed by those coefficients for subsequent decreasing power terms TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 167 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference There are no limits on the internal signal values or on the output of the transfer function Care should therefore be taken when specifying coefficients and gain so that excessively large output values do not result In AC Small Signal analysis the output of the function is equal to the real and imaginary components of the total s domain transfer function at each frequency of interest The int ic parameter is an array that must be the same size as the array of values specified for the den coeff parameter For example if there are three coefficient entries defined in the den coeff parameter then the int ic parameter must also have three entries using spaces as separators By default this parameter has the value 0 The size of the array is not initialized by default This means that if the den coeff parameter has more than one coefficient the int ic par
177. broadcast in any media and 2 no modifications of the document is made Unauthorized duplication in whole or part of this document by any means mechanical or electronic including translation into another language except for brief excerpts in published reviews is prohibited without the express written permission of Altium Limited Unauthorized duplication of this work may also be prohibited by local statute Violators may be subject to both criminal and civil penalties including fines and or imprisonment Altium Altium Designer Board Insight CAMtastic CircuitStudio Design Explorer DXP LiveDesign NanoBoard NanoTalk Nexar nVisage P CAD Protel SimCode Situs TASKING and Topological Autorouting and their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Altium Limited or its subsidiaries All other registered or unregistered trademarks referenced herein are the property of their respective owners and no trademark rights to the same are claimed TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 327
178. can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 142 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 V mo DO 5 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m Time s VW So o 5 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m Time s VJ sot o 5 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m Time s 50 00m 50 00m 50 00m Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Inductance Meter Inductance Meter Single Ended I O lrreter LWIE TER Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name LMETER SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR LMETER MODEL DESTGNATOR LMETER lmeter gain gain gain Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain gain default 1 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 143 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes This
179. ccor Electronics e Teccor Discrete SCR IntLib e Teccor Discrete TRIAC IntLib Texas Instruments e Tl Analog Comparator ntLib e Tl Interface 8 bit Line Transceiver IntLib e Tl Interface Display Driver IntLib e TI Interface Line Transceiver IntLib e TI Logic Arithmetic ntLib e TI Logic Buffer Line Driver IntLib e Tl Logic Comparator IntLib e Tl Logic Counter IntLib e Tl Logic Decoder Demux IntLib e Tl Logic Flip Flop IntLib e TI Logic Gate 1 IntLib e TI Logic Gate 2 IntLib e TI Logic Latch ntLib e TI Logic Multiplexer IntLib e Tl Logic Parity Gen Check Detect IntLib e TI Logic Register IntLib e TI Operational Amplifier IntLib e Tl Power Mgt Voltage Regulator ntLib Toshiba e Toshiba Discrete IGBT IntLib Vishay e Vishay Cera Mite Ceramic Axial Lead Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Draloric Ceramic Disc Capacitor IntLib TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 17 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Vishay Draloric Ceramic Tubular Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Electrolytic Radial Lead Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Lite On Discrete Diode IntLib e Vishay Roederstein Electrolytic Axial Lead Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Roederstein Electrolytic Radial Lead Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Roederstein Electrolytic Snap In Pins Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Roederstein Electrolytic Solder Ring Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Roederstein Tantalum Radial Lead Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Silicon
180. ced in the netlist with the value of the AC Phase parameter If there is no parameter of this name or its value is blank then an error will be given amp Area If a parameter named Area exists and has a value then it s value will be entered into the netlist If the parameter is undefined i e either it does not exist or has no value assigned then nothing will be written to the netlist but no error will be raised This can be used for optional parameters IC IC IC If the parameter named IC is defined then the text within the separators will be inserted into the netlist For example if the parameter IC had value 0 5 then IC 0 5 would be inserted into the netlist in place of this entry If the parameter is undefined then nothing will be inserted into the netlist IC IC IC NC 0 This is the same as the previous example except that if the parameter IC is undefined then IC 0 will be inserted into the netlist Note also that a different separator character has been used VALUE 1k If a parameter named VALUE is NOT defined then the text 1k will be inserted into the netlist VALUE 1k VALUE This is the same as the previous example except that if the parameter VALUE is defined then its text value will be inserted into the netlist 24 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference AC Magnitude AC AC Magnitude AC Phase This example can be seen in the predefined netlist template for the sinuso
181. chematic Netlist AU1 IN OUT AUI1LIMIT MODEL AULLIMIT limit Gain 2 out lower limit p out upper limits Limit angesti The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 151 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 e 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 7 500 5 000 2 500 e 0 000 2 500 5 000 7 500 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Limiter Differential I O LINWT TERR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name LIMIT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR LIMIT MODEL DESIGNATOR LIMIT limit in offset in offset in offset gain gain gain rout lower limit out lower limit out lower limit 2out_upper limit out upper limit out upper limit limit range limit range limit range fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are
182. ci rout seUBCKY COSI 1 224 VL 2 0 BX 4 3 I COS I VX ANDS COSI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit A A 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 1 000 0 950 0 900 0 850 0 600 0 750 0 700 0 650 0 600 0 550 0 500 0 000m 10 00m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m Time s 20 00m 30 00m Time s r4 i 40 00m 50 00m r2 i 40 00m 50 00m In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u 220 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input COsV Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub circuit file COSV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Cosine of Voltage OUBCKE COSV 1 Z
183. circuit 1 000 Mil 0 750 0 500 0 250 4 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 2 000 i r2 i 1 500 1 000 0 500 4 0 000 0 500 aoo 1 500 2 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 Ou Tangent of Voltage Single Ended Input P o oo 0 E TAHY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name TANV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file TANV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Tangent of Voltage 284 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SUBCKT TANV 1 2 BX 2 0 V TAN V 1 ENDS TANV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the TANV component the entries in the SPICE n
184. clared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc cosine of Voltage SUBCKT ACOSHY L 2 BX 2 0 V ACOSH V 1 ENDS ACOSHV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples ACOSHY Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSHV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ACOSHV Models and Subcireuie DUBCKT ACOSHYVY 1 2 BX 2 0 V ACOSH V 1 ENDS ACOSHV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 10 00 7 500 5 000 2 500 0 000 2 500 5 000 7 500 10 00 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time 3 000 out 2 500 2 000 w 1 500 1 000 0 500 0 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 235 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Hyperbolic Arc Cosine of Voltage Differential Input P t G E B i g E ACOSHVR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ACOSHVR
185. ctor Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Capacitor Semiconductor SPICE Prefix C SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 amp VALUE amp MODEL LENGTH L LENGTH WIDTH W WIDTH INITIAL VOLTAGE IC INITIAL VOLTAGE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the capacitance in Farads Length length of the capacitor in meters Width width of the capacitor in meters Default 1e 6 Initial Voltage time zero voltage of capacitor in Volts Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of process related parameters that can be stored in the associated model file CJ junction bottom capacitance in F meters CJSW junction sidewall capacitance in F meters DEFW default width in meters this value will be overridden by a value entered for Width in the Sim Model dialog NARROW narrowing due to side etching in meters Default 0 Notes The value for the Initial Voltage only applies if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog You can specify either a direct value for the capacitance O
186. d Default 27 Notes The model for the JFET is based on the FET model of Shichman and Hodges The values for the Initial D S Voltage and Initial G S Voltage only apply if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The Area Factor affects the following model parameters e transconductance parameter BETA e drain ohmic resistance RD e source ohmic resistance RS TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 47 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e zero bias G S junction capacitance CGS e zero bias G D junction capacitance CGD e gate junction saturation current IS Ifthe Area Factor is omitted a value of 1 0 is assumed The link to the required model file md1 is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Examples Consider the JFET in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 Drain is connected to net D e Pin2 Gate is connected to net G e Pin3 Source is connected to net S e Designator is J1 e The linked simulation model file is 2N4393 mdl If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim Mod
187. d to power the circuit If a value for the DC source current is not specified an error will occur when parsing the circuit to the Simulator If specifying AC criteria the following should be observed e Ifa value for the AC Magnitude is entered a value for the AC Phase MUST also be given otherwise an error will occur when parsing the circuit e fa value for the AC Magnitude Is omitted but a value for AC Phase is defined the circuit will parse to the Simulator OK but the SPICE netlist will not contain any AC information for the source The simulation ready DC current source component ISRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples 19 69Meg IN 16E 6 Consider the DC voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin positive is connected to net N1 e Pin2 negative is connected to net VEE e Designator is IEE e Value 10 16E 6 e NoAC parameters are specified The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist IEE N1 VEE 10 16E 6 Exponential Current Source IERP 74 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Exponential SPICE Prefix SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE EXP INITIAL VALUE amp INITIAL VALUE 0 PULSED VALUE amp PULSED VALUE 5 RISE DELAY T
188. default the node is referenced to the Spice Reference Net Name specified on the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog This is GND by default You can include a different reference node directly in the equation using the following syntax V netlabell netlabel2 For example LN COS LOG V NetLabel1 NetLabel2 2 V NetLabel2 V NetLabell1 If the argument of a LOG LN or SQRT function becomes less than zero the absolute value of the argument is used If a divisor becomes zero or the argument of log or In becomes zero an error will result Other problems may occur when the argument for a function in a partial derivative enters a region where that function is undefined The simulation ready non linear dependent voltage source component BVSRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples 19 69Meg TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 95 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Consider the non linear dependent voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net N9 e Pin2 negative is connected to net GND e Designator is BGND e Equation V VCC 5 V VEE 5 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist BGND N9 0 V V VCC 5 V VEE 5 Piecewise Linear Voltage Source weP Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Piecewise Linear SPICE Prefix V
189. defined lt param gt s Ss S Text between first s s separators if lt param gt is NOT defined else the second s s separators lt param gt s s Text between s s separators if lt param gt is defined but ignore the rest of the template if lt param gt is NOT defined S 8 Text between s s separators if there is any text to be entered into the XSpice netlist from subsequent entries in the Netlist Template The net name of the net to which the schematic pin mapped to lt pin id gt connects A literal percent character In the above table e srepresents a separator character e lt param gt refers to the name of a parameter If the parameter name contains any non alphanumeric characters it should be enclosed in double quotes For example DC Magnitude double quotes used here because the name contains a space amp Init Cond double quotes used here because the name contains an underscore Double quotes should also be used when you wish to add an alphanumeric prefix to a parameter name For example DESIGNATOR A the use of the double quotes ensures that A is appended to the component designator Syntax Examples The following are examples of the special character syntax entries in the previous table Information is given in each case about how the syntax entry is translated by the Netlister AC Phase The parameter name AC Phase is enclosed in braces because of the space This will be repla
190. dge trigger switch Default TRUE Pw_Array pulse width array This value must be greater than or equal to zero Default 1 0e 6 Rise_Delay delay between receiving a valid trigger level and the output starting to rise from low value to high value Default 1 0e 9 Rise_Time output rise time Default 1 0e 9 Notes This model is used to output a single pulse the width of which is determined by a user defined piece wise linear waveform and a controlling input The cntl_ array parameter values are input coordinate points progressively increasing while the Pw Array parameter values represent the corresponding pulse widths at those points You could think of the function as being analogous to a look up table where the input signal ct r1 pin of the device amplitude is mapped to the corresponding input value in the cntl_ array and then the Pw Array value that this is paired with is used as the width for the output pulse signal The amplitude of the pulse is determined by the values assigned to the Out_ Low and Out High parameters The output pulse is controlled by means of the c1k input When this input reaches the level assigned to the Clk Trig parameter the pulse is triggered on either the rising or falling edge of the clock in accordance with the setting of the Pos Edge Trig parameter Upon triggering the output reaches its high value after time Rise Delay Rise Time and its initial value again after time Pulse
191. dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 139 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In_Low input low value Default 0 In_High input high value Default 1 Hyst hysteresis The value entered must be a positive real number Default 0 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Default 0 Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Default 1 Input_Domain input smoothing domain Default 0 01 Fraction used to control whether the smoothing domain is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default TRUE Notes This is a simple buffer stage providing hysteresis of the output with respect to the input The input points about which the hysteresis effect operates is determined by the values assigned to the In Low and In High parameters The output is limited by the specification of the Out Lower Limit and Out Upper Limit parameters The points at which the hysteresis slope would normally change abruptly are defined as In_Low Hyst and In_High Hyst for input transition from low to high In_Low Hyst and In_High Hyst for input transition from high to low Use of the Input Domain parameter with a positive value ensures that the hysteresis slope never changes abruptly but is rather smoothed over the specified domain the region prior to the hysteresis slo
192. e 12 50 10 00 7 500 5 000 2 500 0 000 2 500 5 000 7 500 10 00 12 50 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s out In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used Transient Start Time set to 0 000 Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m Transient Step Time set to 200 0u Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 135 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Gain Gain Single Ended I O gaim GAIN Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name GAIN SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR GAIN MODEL DESIGNATOR GAIN gain in offset in offset in offset gain gain gain Tout Of Cs et out ofiset Cout offser Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a simple gain block that takes the input signal and multiplies it by the value assigned to the Gain parameter Optional offset adjusts are available on both
193. e Tangent of Voltage SUBCKT TANVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V TAN V 1 2 ENDS TANVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the TANVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT O TANVR k Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT TANVR 1 2 3 4 286 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BX 3 4 V TAN V 1 2 ENDS TANVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 int in2 0 750 0 500 0 250 Vv 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 2 000 1 1 500 out 1 000 0 500 v 0 000 2 000 1 a 1 t 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Unary Minus Unary Minus of Current I C e Q p UMAR YI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name UNARY
194. e following example illustrates the use of two inductors and a text frame to provide a coupled inductor for simulation purposes Consider the circuit in the adjacent image which contains two discrete inductors with HEK the following characteristics le eS e Designator Primary inductor L1 e Designator Secondary inductor L2 Vin 1 Vout 1 e The positive pin of L1 is connected to net Vin1 e The negative pin of L1 is connected to net GND L1 L e The positive pin of L2 is connected to net Vout1 O 10 10m Rl VERN 10K e The negative pin of L2 is connected to net GND e Value for inductance L1 10mH e Value for inductance L2 10mH The entries in the text frame are dissected as follows e NSX the mandatory first line that tells the netlister that the following lines are y extra information to be added when generating the SPICE netlist e K1 the designator for the coupled inductor where K is the required SPICE prefix e L1 L2 the designators of the two individual inductors e 0 5 the value for the Coupling Factor The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Begin NSX text frames KI LIL T2 0 5 End of NSX text frames k Schematic Netlist ih VIN1 O 10mH L2 VOUT1 0 10mH TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 33 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Diode Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Diode SPICE Prefix D SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL amp AREA FACTOR amp STARTING
195. e model form L lt name gt lt node gt lt node gt model name lt value gt IC lt initial value gt Model Kind A PSpice model of this type should be linked to a schematic General Spice Prefix L component using a model file Simply specify the model in a ModelName pspicelND model file md1 then in the Sim Model dialog set the Goued ndas Description Inductor Model Kind to General and the Model Sub Kind to CE oin Generic Editor The Netlist Template Format should then peut O Ary Resistor S emiconductor be entered as follows Resistor ariable Spice Subcircuit O In File Full Path DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE MODEL INITIAL CURRENT C INITIAL CURRENT Oin Integrated Library Miscellaneous Devices IntLib Found In C Program Files Altium Designer 6 Example pspicelND mdl The value for the INITIAL CURRENT parameter is entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog MODEL pspiceIND IND L 1 IL1 100 IL2 100 Tc1 100 Tc2 100 The netlist format for a PSpice Inductor model is specified Model File using the Generic Editor due to the fact that the Spice3f5 Inductor model does not support use of a linked model file For the circuit to be parsed correctly ensure that the Spice Prefix field is set to L In the Model Name field enter the name specified for the model in the model file Use the options in the Model Location region of the dialog to point to the req
196. e of time lo is the DC offset of the signal generator la is the maximum amplitude of the output swing excluding the DC offset Fc is the Carrier frequency MI is the Modulation Index and Fs is the Signal frequency The simulation ready frequency modulated sinusoidal current source component ISFFM can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the frequency modulated sinusoidal current source in the previous image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative is connected to net GND e Designator is I1 e Offset 0 e Amplitude 1m e Carrier Frequency 10k e Signal Frequency 1k e All other parameters for the model are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist I1 IN O DC O SFFM O Im 10k 5 1k AC 1 O TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 TT Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Non Linear Dependent Current Source KRC Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Equation SPICE Prefix B SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 I EQUATION Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Co
197. e real and imaginary components of the total s domain transfer function at each frequency of interest The int ic parameter is an array that must be the same size as the array of values specified for the den coeff parameter For example if there are three coefficient entries defined in the den coeff parameter then the int ic parameter must also have three entries using spaces as separators By default this parameter has the value 0 The size of the array is not initialized by default This means that if the den coeff parameter has more than one coefficient the int ic parameter will still only have the single entry 0 if used in its default mode The mismatch in array sizes will cause errors when trying to run the simulation If you intend to use the default value for int ic you must enter this value the required number of times such that the number of entries match the number of coefficient entries in den coeff For example if den coeff had the entries Lavor detoa Uae and you wished to use the default value 0 for int ic then you would need to enter the following for the int ic parameter value U O U The provision of the denormalized freq parameter allows you the freedom to either e specify the transfer function for a normalized 1 rad s filter and then enter the frequency of interest effectively scaling the filter after the normalized coefficients have been defined The frequency must be entered in radians second e specify the tran
198. e to excessively high output values The Limit Range specifies the value below Out Upper Limit and above Out Lower Limit at which smoothing of the output begins The Differentiator function does not include truncation error checking It is therefore not recommended that this function be used to provide integration through the use of a feedback loop Undesirable results may be obtained It is better in this case to use the Integrator function which provides for truncation error checking The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Examples Consider the differentiator in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin in is connected to net IN e Pin2 out is connected to net OUT e Designator is U1 e Out Lower Limit 20 e Out Upper Limit 20 e All other parameters are left at their default values 128 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1l IN OUT AUIDDT MODEL AULDDT d de out lower lamit 20 out upper limit 20 j The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 Vv 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 l 0 000u 50 00u 100 0u 150 0u 200 0u Time s 20 00 out 15 00 10 00 5 000 o 0 000 5 000 10 00 15 00 20 00 0 000u 50 00u 100
199. each component and wire the power pins to the appropriate power nets When a simulation is run all data that is collected for all available signals is referenced to a specific net in the circuit This net is defined in the Spice Reference Net Name field and by default is the GND net To run a transient simulation which references a net other than ground enter the net name in this field The main area of this page of the dialog lists options that give you direct access to SPICE variables from where you can change iteration limits error tolerances etc To change the value of a SPICE variable click inside the associated Value column entry edit the value as required then press Enter or click outside of the column entry to change the variable to the new value To return an option to its default value simply enable the associated entry in the Def column The following details each of the SPICE variables contained in the list ABSTOL Sets the absolute current error tolerance in Amps 1 000p ACCT Causes accounting and run time statistics to be displayed Disabled ADCSTEP Minimum step size required to register an event on the input of the 10 00m internal A D converters AUTOPARTIAL Enables automatic computation of partial derivatives for XSpice code Disabled modules BADMOS3 Uses the older version of the MOS3 model with the kappa Disabled discontinuity BOOLH Sets the high output level of a Boolean expression 4 500 BOOLL Sets the l
200. earch path Search criteria is specified within the Libraries Search dialog Access this dialog from within a schematic document Tools Find Component or by clicking the Search button on the Libraries panel Libraries TX n O O O O oe Seaen JA Pe 5 Miscellaneous C Evie ntLib Component M Desgription J 2N3904 NFN General Purpose Amplifier 1E 2N3906 iF iF ADC 8 Buca ted J Antenna F 95 componer wt c h E Tuna i m Options Model Name Clear existing query 2en3904 mA N3504 Scope Fath JE 10 524 O Available libraries Path M FILESSALTIUM DESIGNER 6 Librarn g Libraries on path Include Subdirectories By defining suitable queries you can quickly find the simulation ready components that you require The more specific the query the narrower the search and the greater the probability of returning favorable results 18 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The coarsest search you could do is to search for all components that have a linked simulation model To do this you would simply enter the following query into the top section of the Libraries Search dialog often referred to If you are unfamiliar with Altium as the Query Editor section Designer s Query language HasModel SIM FALSE use the Query Helper to help you construct the required
201. ed in the 3 5795MHZ ckt file Frequency to Voltage Converter FTON Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL PARAMS VIL VIL VIL VIH VIH VIH CYCLES CYCLES CYCLES Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog VIL low level input threshold in Volts VIH high level input threshold in Volts CYCLES cycles per volt output Notes The output is a voltage the level of which is a linear function of the input frequency The frequency to voltage converter is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 181 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the model open the associated sub circuit c
202. ed on the last cycle of transient data captured during a Transient analysis For example if the fundamental frequency is 1 0kKHz then the transient data from the last 1ms cycle would be used for the Fourier analysis Setup Fourier analysis is set up on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Transient Fourier Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list An example setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below Transient Fourier Analysis Setup Parameter Value Transient Start Time 0 000 Transient Stop Time AO 00m Transient Step Time 200 0u Transient Max Step Time 00 0u Use Initial Conditions Use Transient Defaults Default Cycles Displayed z Default Points Per Cycle K0 Enable Fourier kai Fourier Fundamental Frequency 100 0 Fournier Number of Harmonics 10 Set Defaults Parameters e Enable Fourier used to include Fourier analysis in the simulation Default disabled e Fourier Fundamental Frequency the frequency of the signal that is being approximated by the sum of sinusoidal waveforms e Fourier Number of Harmonics the number of harmonics to be considered in the analysis Each harmonic is an integer multiple of the fundamental frequency Together with the fundamental frequency sinusoid the harmonics sum to form the real waveform of the signal being analyzed The more harmonics involved in the sum the greater the approximation to the
203. eform Analysis window Examples CC VEE Consider the circuit in the image above where a Transfer Function analysis is defined with the following parameter values e Source Name Vin e Reference Node 0 GND The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses TF V INPUT Vin TF V INV Vin TF V OUT PUT Vin STE ViVCC Vin TF V VEE Vin If the nodes INPUT and OUTPUT are taken into the Active Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog then the following data will be obtained upon running the simulation TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 309 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TF_ OUTPUT IAIN 9 999 Transfer Function for COUTPUT IM IN OUTPUT_vIM 10 00k Input resistance at WIM OUT OUTPUT 15 36m Output resistance at OUTPUT TF_ CIMPUT 1M 1 000 Transter Function for CINPUTJ vIM INCIMPLT IN 10 00k Input resistance at WIM OUT_YUNPUT 0 000 Output resistance at INPUT Monte Carlo Analysis Description Monte Carlo analysis allows you to perform multiple simulation runs with component values randomly varied across specified tolerances The Simulator performs multiple passes of any of the standard analyses that are enabled AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise The Monte Carlo analysis can vary basic components and models subcircuit data is not varied during the analysis Setup Monte Carlo analysis is set up on the Monte
204. el The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 82 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 AC Phase Initial Value Pulsed Value Time Delay Rise Time Fall Time Pulse Width Period Phase Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 current amplitude at time zero in Amps Default 0 maximum amplitude of the output swing in Amps Default 5 delay before the source changes from Initial current value to Pulsed current value in seconds the time it takes to rise from Initial current value to Pulsed current value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 4u the time it takes to fall from Pulsed current value back to the Initial current value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 1u the time that the source remains at the Pulsed current amplitude in seconds Default 0 the time between the start of the first pulse and the start of the second pulse in seconds Default 5u phase shift of the wave
205. el dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Jl DG S 2N4393 Models and Subcircuit MODEL 2N4393 NJF VTO 1 422 BETA 0 009109 LAMBDA 0 006 RD 1 RS 1 CGS 4 06E 12 CGD 4 57E 12 IS 2 052EF 13 KF 1 23E 16 and the SPICE engine would use the indicated parameter information defined in the model file along with default parameter values inherent to the model for those parameters not specified in the file If the following parameter values were specified on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog e Area Factor 4 e Temperature 29 then the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist J1 DGS 2N4393 4 TEMP 29 k Models and Subcircuit 48 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference MODEL 2N4393 NJF VTO 1 422 BETA 0 009109 LAMBDA 0 006 RD 1 RS 1 CGS 4 06E 12 CGD 4 57E 12 I8S 2 052H 13 KF 1 23E 16 In this case the SPICE engine would use this information in conjunction with the indicated parameters defined in the model file and any defaults for parameters not specified PSpice Support To make this device model compatible with PSpice the following additional model parameters are supported and can be entered into a linked model file md1 for the device ALPHA ionization coefficient in Volt Default 0 BETATCE BETA exponential temperature coefficient in Amp Volt Default 1E 4 ISR gate p n recombination current parameter
206. ents fitting that criteria 7 You might then decide that out of these returned results you wish to further search and return only Zener diodes Simply enable the Refine last search option in the UTA Scope region of the Libraries Search dialog enter the following new query OP22 7A Vi883 expression and click Search 19022 components Description Like Zener The subset of the previous query results falling under the scope of the new refining query will be displayed as the new Query Results list in the Libraries panel Let us now consider a more complex search You might know a partial name for the ModelName Model Type component you need for a design and have preferred manufacturers that you like to E914 PLB SD use Again searching is simplified through the power of the Query language Consider a design where you need to use a particular diode whose name is of the form 1N4 You need to search for all components with a name based on this root which are simulation ready and which are manufactured by either National Semiconductor or Motorola This search can be specified by entering the following query LibReference Like 1N4 And HasModel SIM FALSE And LibraryName Like NSC IntLib Or LibraryName Like Motorola IntLib Out of a possible 18000 simulation ready components that come installed with Altium Designer the preceding que
207. ep based on convolution error criteria Default not set LININTERP a flag that when set will use linear interpolation instead of the default quadratic interpolation for calculation of delayed signals Default not set MIXEDINTERP a flag that when set uses a metric for determining whether quadratic interpolation is applicable and if it isn t uses linear interpolation Default not set COMPACTREL a specific quantity used to control the compaction of past history values used for convolution By default this quantity uses the value specified for the relative simulation error tolerance RELTOL which is defined on the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog COMPACTABS a specific quantity used to control the compaction of past history values used for convolution By default this quantity uses the value specified for the absolute current error tolerance ABSTOL which is defined on the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog TRUNCNR a flag that when set turns on the use of the Newton Raphson iteration method to determine an appropriate time step in the time step control routines Default not set whereby a trial and error method is used cutting the previous time step in half each time TRUNCDONTCUT a flag that when set removes the default cutting of the time step to limit errors in the actual calculation of impulse response related quantities Default not set Notes The operation of
208. er noise coefficient Default 0 AF flicker noise exponent Default 1 FC coefficient for forward bias depletion capacitance formula Default 0 5 BV reverse breakdown voltage in Volts Default infinite IBV current at breakdown voltage in Amps Default 1 0e 3 TNOM parameter measurement temperature in C If no value is specified the default value assigned to TNOM on the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog will be used Default 27 34 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes The value for the Initial Voltage only applies if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The Area Factor affects the following three model parameters e saturation current IS e ohmic resistance RS e zero bias junction capacitance CJO Ifthe Area Factor Is omitted a value of 1 0 is assumed The link to the required model file md1 is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Examples DI H4002 Rhw Consider the diode in the above image with the following cha
209. erence The simulation ready exponential voltage source component VEXP can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Voltage Source VorFM Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Single Frequency FM SPICE Prefix V SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE SFFM OFFSET AMPLITUDE CARRIER FREQUENCY MODULATION INDEX SIGNAL FREQUENCY AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Offset the DC offset of the signal generator in Volts Default 2 5 Amplitude the peak amplitude of the output voltage in Volts Default 1 Carrier Frequency the carrier frequency in Hz Default 100k Modulation Index the modulation index Default 5 Signal Frequency the signal message frequency i
210. ers on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u 282 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Tangent Tangent of Current I G m Q E TANI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name TANI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub circuit file TANI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Tangent of Current SUBCKT TANI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I TAN I VX ENDS TANI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the TANI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN O OUT O TANI k Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT TANI 1 2 3 4 VX 12 0 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 283 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BX 4 3 I TAN TI VX ENDS TANI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the
211. et Inv e Designator is R1 e Value 1K e Set Position 0 5 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Rl INPUT INV 5E 2 Transistors Bipolar Junction Transistor BJT Model Kind Transistor 42 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Model Sub Kind BJT SPICE Prefix Q SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL amp AREA FACTOR amp STARTING CONDITION INITIAL B E VOLTAGE IC INITIAL B E VOLTAGE INITIAL C E VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE TEMP TEMPERATURE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Area Factor specifies the number of equivalent parallel devices of the specified model This setting affects a number of parameters in the model Starting Condition set to OFF to set terminal voltages to zero during operating point analysis Can be useful as an aid in convergence Initial B E Voltage time zero voltage across base emitter terminals in Volts Initial C E Voltage time zero voltage across collector emitter terminals in Volts Temperature temperature at which the device is to operate in Degrees Celsius If no value is specified the default value assig
212. et N7 e Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net N10 e Pin3 positive output node is connected to net N11 e Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND e Designator is HLIM e Gain 1k The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist VHLIM N7 N10 OV HLIM N11 0 VHLIM 1k PSpice Support The following general PSpice model form is supported H lt name gt lt node gt lt node gt POLY lt value gt lt controlling V device name gt lt lt polynomial coefficient value gt gt This device does not support linked model files The netlist format for a PSpice model in the above form should be specified using the Generic Editor In the Sim Model dialog set the Model Kind to General and the Model Sub Kind to Generic Bator For the circuit to be parsed correctly ensure that the Spice Prefix field is set to H The following example generic netlist template format could be used for this model type DESIGNATOR 1 2 POLY dimension ControlSource coeffs The values for the dimension ControlSource and coeffs parameters are entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog DC Voltage Source VoRC Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind DC Source SPICE Prefix V SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model
213. et on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XF1 IN OUT FUSE PARAMS CURRENT 500mA Models and Subcircuiti SUBCKT FUSE 1 2 PARAMS CURRENT 1 RESISTANCE 1m SWL L 2 3 0 SMOD OFF BNLV 3 0 V abs v 1 2 MODEL SMOD SW VT CURRENT RESISTANCE RON 1lg ROFF RESISTANCE ENDS FUSE The Netlister will evaluate the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the value for the CURRENT parameter specified in the Sim Model dialog which overrides the default and the default value for the RESISTANCE parameter 1 mOhm as defined in the FUSE ckt file Relay Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X 184 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 MODEL PARAMS PULLIN PULLIN PULLIN 2 DROPOFF DROPOFF DROPOFF CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT RESISTANCE RESISTANCE RESISTANCE 2 INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Pullin contact pull in voltage in Volts Dropoff contact drop off voltage in Volts Contact
214. etlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT TANV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT TANV 1 2 BX 2 0 V TAN V 1 ENDS TANV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 in 0 750 0 500 0 250 e 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 l l 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 2 000 J 1 500 1 000 0 500 V 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 285 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Tangent of Voltage Differential Input m t Cit fe e Q E TANVE Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name TANVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file TANVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the fil
215. ffect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 5 000 vi branch 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 A 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 75 00 y ritil 50 00 25 00 0 000 A 25 00 50 00 75 00 4 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Hyperbolic Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input SIN HV Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINHV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SINHV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file xHyperbolic sine of Voltage 252 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference sSUBCKYT SINHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V SINH V 1 ENDS SINHV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in rad
216. file md1 for the device IBVL low level reverse breakdown knee current in Amps Default 0 IKF high injection knee current in Amps Default infinite ISR recombination current parameter in Amps Default 0 NBV reverse breakdown ideality factor Default 1 NBVL low level reverse breakdown ideality factor Default 1 NR emission coefficient for isr Default 2 TBV1 bv temperature coefficient linear in C Default 0 TBV2 bv temperature coefficient quadratic in CI Default 0 TIKF ikf temperature coefficient linear in CI Default 0 TRS1 rs temperature coefficient linear in i Default 0 TRS2 rs temperature coefficient quadratic in C Default 0 Where a parameter has an indicated default that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The format for the PSpice model file is The following parameters common to most devices in where PSpice are not supported MODEL ModelName D Model Parameters e ModelName is the name of the model the link to which is specified on the Model Kind tab of the T ABS Sim Model dialog This name is used in the netlist MODEL to reference the required model in T_MEASURED the linked model file T_REL_GLOBAL e Model Parameters are a list of supported parameters for the model entered with values as T_REL_LOCAL required For an example of using a PSpice compatible diode model in a simu
217. form at time zero in Degrees The adjacent image shows an example waveform produced by a periodic pulse current source connected to a 1Ohm load The Pulse Width has been set to 5u the Period has been set to 20u All other parameters have been left at their default values The shape of the waveform is described as follows 5 500 4 500 3 500 2 500 4 1 500 0 500 0 500 0 000u 10 00u 20 00u Time s I to ly I trp Iw I ttp trt Ipv trp trt tpw lipy I ttp trt tpw tet Iw I tstop Iw where tis an instance of time liv is the initial value of the current Ipv is the pulsed value of the current trp is the Time Delay trt is the Rise Time TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Current 30 00u 40 00u 83 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference tpw is the Pulse Width and trt is the Fall Time The value for the current at intermediate values of time is calculated using linear interpolation The simulation ready pulse current source component I PULSE can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the pulse current source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net GND e Pin2 negative is connected to net CP e Designator is ICP e Pulsed Value 5m e Time Delay 0 e Rise Time 1u e Pulse Width 500u e Period 1000u e All other paramete
218. from Initial voltage value to Pulsed voltage value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 4u Fall Time the time it takes to fall from Pulsed voltage value back to the Initial voltage value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 1u Pulse Width the time that the source remains at the Pulsed voltage amplitude in seconds Default 0 Period the time between the start of the first pulse and the start of the second pulse in seconds Default 5u Phase phase shift of the waveform at time zero in Degrees Notes The adjacent image shows an example waveform produced by a periodic pulse voltage source connected to a 10Ohm load The Pulse Width has been set to 5u the Period has been set to 20u All other parameters have been left at their default values 5 500 EPEN 4 500 3 500 V 2 500 1 500 0 500 0 500 0 000u 10 00u 20 00u 30 00u 40 00u Time s The shape of the waveform is described as follows V to Viv V trp Viv V ttp trr Vpv V ttp trt tpw Vpv V trp trt tpw tet Viv V tstop Viv where t is an instance of time Viv is the initial value of the voltage Vpv is the pulsed value of the voltage trp is the Time Delay trt is the Rise Time tpw is the Pulse Width and ter is the Fall Time The value for the voltage at intermediate values of time is calculated using linear interpolation The simulation ready pulse voltage source component VPULSE can be found
219. g input loading characteristics Set to MIN or MAX to use min or max data book values Default typical value Drive output drive characteristics Set to MIN or MAX to use min or max data book values Default typical value Current device current used to specify device power Set to MIN or MAX to use min or max data book values Default typical value PWR value power supply voltage Specifying a value here will override any value specified by default in the model If this value is specified you must also specify a value for GND 292 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 GND value VIL value VIH value VOL value VOH value WARN Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference ground supply voltage Specifying a value here will override any value specified by default in the model If this value is specified you must also specify a value for PWR low level input voltage Specifying a value here will override any value specified by default in the model high level input voltage Specifying a value here will override any value specified by default in the model low level output voltage Specifying a value here will override any value specified by default in the model high level output voltage Specifying a value here will override any value specified by default in the model set to ON to flag errors for setup time hold time recovery time pulse width min max frequency violation and min max volt
220. ge with the following characteristics e Pin1 in_a is connected to net In1 e Pin2 in_b is connected to net In2 e Pin3 out is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e X_ Offset 2v defined on the Parameters tab e X_Gain 4 defined on the Parameters tab e Y Offset 4v defined on the Parameters tab e Y_ Gain 4 defined on the Parameters tab e Out_Gain 0 1 defined on the Parameters tab e Out Offset 2 4v defined on the Parameters tab The entries in the SPICE netlist would be k Schematic Netlist 174 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference XU1 IN1 IN2 OUT SUM PARAMS x offset 2V y offset 4V x gain 4 y gain 4 out gain 0 1 out OCriset 2 4V Models and cu ubcircuirti sSUBCKT SUM 12 3 PARAMS amp otteer 0 0 y o6ffset 0 0 x gain 1 0 y gain 1 0 Out Gain 1 0 out orrsel 0 0 Al 1 2 3 suml model Suml summer 1h orrect 1x offset y ofrser i Gain x Gain y gaini OOF gains out gain Out oflser out Ofiser sENDS SUM The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 5 000 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 FH int e 0 000 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 10 00 7 500 5 000 2 500 0 000 2 500 5 000 7 500 10 00 0 000 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s V 5 500 3 500
221. ge of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Exponential of Voltage Differential Input cy G Ee eS G E EXPE Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name EXPVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 231 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes The content of the sub circuit file EXPVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Exponential of Voltage SUBCKT EXPVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V EXP V 1 2 ENDS EXPVR Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the EXPVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 EXPVR Models and Subcircuit wSUBCRYT EXPVR L 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V EXP V 1 2 ENDS EXPVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit ae int in2 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 VY 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 Laa Litit ae Litt _ 2 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time 3 2 7
222. gle Not Required ended current or voltage I O PWLR Piece wise linear controlled source differential baan Not Required TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 T7 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix ee E es ee ee SLEWRATE Simple slew rate block single ended current or Not Required A voltage I O SLEWRATER Simple slew rate block differential current or SLEW Not Required A voltage I O SUM Summer block single ended current or voltage SUM SUM ckt X I O SUMR Summer block differential current or voltage SUMR SUMR ckt X I O SXFER S domain transfer function single ended S_XFER Not Required A current or voltage I O SXFERR S domain transfer function differential current S_XFER Not Required A or voltage I O Miscellaneous Devices The following schematic components can be found in the Miscellaneous Devices integrated library Library Miscellaneous Devices IntLib Prefix om e o a eo C OIO AP oaro poerzss coren o raneaa fo Semiconductor Capacitor with default value CAP mdl m 100pF D Schottky Schottky Diode SKYDIODE SKYDIODE mdl DO Variable Capacitance Diode BBY31 BBY31 mdl DO OIOJO 8 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix DAC 8 Generic 8 bit D A Converter DAC8 DAC8 mdl Default DIODE DIODE mal Diode 1N914 1N914 High Conducta
223. gnal 162 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Consider the PWL function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 e Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 e Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out e Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e x _array 6 5 4 3 2 1012345 6 e y_ amay 6 6 6 6 6 6 0 6 6 6 6 6 6 e input_domain 0 1 e fraction FALSE The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 Svd IN1 IN2 vd OUT 0 AU1LPWL sMODEL BULPWh pul x array 3 4 3 2 I 0 123 4 5 6 y array b 6 0 6 0 0 6 6 6 6 6 6 inp t domain 0 1 fraction FALon The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit yeni in1 in2 5 000 2 500 w 0 000 2 500 5 000 7 500 l l 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 7 500 ai 5 000 2 500 o 0 000 2 500 5 000 7 500 L i L i 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 163 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e
224. gnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 100 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Offset DC offset voltage of the signal generator in Volts Default 0 Amplitude peak amplitude of the sinusoid in Volts Default 1 Frequency frequency of the sinusoidal output voltage in Hz Default 1K Delay delay time until the source voltage commences in seconds Default 0 Damping Factor the rate at which the sinusoid decreases increases in amplitude in 1 seconds A positive value results in an exponentially decreasing amplitude a negative value gives an increasing amplitude A zero 0 value gives a constant amplitude sine wave Default 0 Phase phase shift of the sinusoid at time zero in Degrees Default 0 Notes The adjacent image shows an example waveform produced by a sinusoidal voltage source connected to a 1Ohm load The Delay has been set to 500 0u and the Damping Factor set to 250 to illustrate a decreasing sinusoid All other parameters have been left at their default values 1 000 SVs 0 750 0 500 0 250 v 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 4 000m 2 000m 3 000m 4 000m 5 000m Time s The shape of the waveform is described by the following formulae V to to tp Vo V tp to tstop
225. gnored because it may limit the overall performance of a circuit Consider the following example Assume R1 and R2 are both 1K with a Device Tolerance of 1 Same Device Tracking number and they have a Lot Tolerance of 4 with the same Lot Tracking number TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 311 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Monte Carlo Specific Tolerances Device Designator Parameter Tolerance Tracking No Distribution Tolerance Tracking No Distribution i 1 1 Uniform 4 1 Uniform 1 1 Uniform 4 1 Uniform For each Monte Carlo run the resistors are first assigned the same lot variation a nominal value between 4 Then each resistor is assigned a device tolerance between 1 This gives a total tolerance of 5 1 4 However during the same run the values of each resistor cannot be any farther than 1 from their nominal value or 2 from each other Notes At least one of the standard analysis types AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise must be enabled in order to perform a Monte Carlo analysis Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Running a Monte Carlo analysis can result in a large amount of data being calculated To limit the amount of data calculated you can set the Collect Data For option on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog to Active Signals With this option data is onl
226. gt 5 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s out v gt o S 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Multiplier Differential I O WIULTE Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name MULTR 156 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 33 34 65 6 MODEL PARAMS x offset x offset x offset y offset y offset y offset x gain x gain x gain y gain y gain y gain rout Gain Out Galn out_gain rout offset out oriset Gout OLET Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog X_Offset X input offset Default 0 Y_ Offset Y input offset Default 0 X_Gain X input gain Default 1 Y_Gain Y input gain Default 1 Out_Gain output gain Def
227. hat current which is defined for the first time point of the waveform The simulation ready piecewise linear current source component I PWL can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 81 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Consider the piecewise linear current source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net GND e Pin2 negative is connected to net IN e Designator is I1 e Time Value Pair entries are Time s Current A O le 4 2m Jem Am le 3 6m 1 5e 3 Sm gem 10m O E 12m 4e 3 14m le 4 e All other parameters for the model are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist I1 O IN DC O PWL 0O le 4 2m 3e 4 4m le 3 6m 1 5e 3 8m 5e 4 10m 2 5e 3 12m 4e 3 14m le 4 AC 1 0 Pulse Current Source IPULSE Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Pulse SPICE Prefix SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 31 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE PULSE INITIAL VALUE amp INITIAL VALUE 0 PULSED VALUE amp PULSED VALUE 5 TIME DELAY amp TIME DELAY 0 RISE TIME amp RISE TIME 4U 2 FALL TIME amp FALL TIME 1U PULSE WIDTH amp PULSE WIDTH 0 PERIOD amp PERIOD 5U amp PHASE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component lev
228. he primary or secondary parameter in a two parameter sweep As running a Temperature Sweep actually performs multiple passes of the analysis using a different value for the temperature with each pass there is a special identifier used when displaying the waveforms in the Sim Data Editor s Waveform Analysis window Each pass is identified by adding a letter and number as a suffix to the waveform name For a Temperature Sweep the letter used is t and the number used identifies which pass the waveform relates to e g Output _ t1 Output t2 etc Examples CC VEE Consider the circuit in the image above where an AC Small Signal analysis is to be performed in conjunction with the use of the Temperature Sweep feature The AC Small Signal analysis is defined with the following parameters e Start Frequency 1 000 e Stop Frequency 1 000g e Sweep Type Decade e Test Points 100 e Total Test Points 901 The Temperature Sweep is defined with the following parameter values e Start Temperature 0 000 318 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Stop Temperature 100 0 e Step Temperature 25 00 The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses AG DEC 100 1 1E9 CONTROL SWEEP OPTION TEMP 0 100 25 ENDC There will be five waveforms in all generated by the sweep five different values for temperature across the defined sweep range resulting in five separate simulatio
229. he ABSVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 ABSVR Modele and Subcircuit sSUBCKT ABSVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ABS V 1 2 ENDS ABSVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 200 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference eoan in1 in2 0 750 0 500 0 250 v 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 000 0 900 0 800 0 700 0 600 0 500 0 400 a 0 300 0 200 0 100 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Addition Addition of Currents ADDI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ADDI SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ADDI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific
230. he Rise Slope and Fall Slope parameters are specified in units of Vs or As For example to enter a slew rate of 0 05V us the entry would be 0 5e7 The function will raise or lower the output value until the difference between the input and output is zero It will then follow the input until the rise or fall slope limits are again exceeded The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Examples Ui ONESHOT CutSlew Consider the slew rate function in the above image with the following characteristics 170 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Pin in is connected to net Out Pulse Pin2 out is connected to net OutSlew Designator is U2 Rise Slope 0 5e7 Fall Slope 0 5e7 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU2 OUTPULSE OUTSLEW AU2SLEW MODEL AUZSLEW Slew rise sicope 0 567 tall slope 0 5e e w E V clk o d a 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s outpulse 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s ae E outslew 8 000 7 000 6 000 5 000 4 000 3 000 E 2 000 000 i 3 0 000 l 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used Transie
231. he default values of the model open the associated sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line The simulation ready voltage controlled square wave oscillator component VCO Sqr can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Examples Consider the voltage controlled square wave oscillator in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND e Pin3 positive output node is connected to net OUT e Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND e Designator is V1 e The linked simulation sub circuit file is SQRVCO ckt with the following content Voltage Controlled Square Wave Oscillator LOW Peak output low value HIGH Peak output high value CYCLE Duty cycle RISE Rise time FALL Fall time a Gal Input control voltage point 1 ECZ Input control voltage point 2 EOG Input control voltage point 3 as et Input control voltage point 4 aC Input control voltage point 5 PL Output frequency point 1 SEZ Output frequency point 2 ES Output frequency point 3 F4 Output frequency point 4 ZED Ou
232. his example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Subtraction Subtraction of Currents SUBI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SUBI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 Q O Z 63 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SUBI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Subtract Currents 278 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference sOUBCET SUBI 1 2 3 4 3 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I1 VA I VB ENDS SUBI Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SUBI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist AMS NetMo 1 0 NetMs 3 0 OUT O SUBI Models and Subcircuit UBCKT DUBI 1 23443 0 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA TI VB s ENDS SUSI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 5 000 4000 3
233. his parameter is only used when ACM 1 It is ignored otherwise width diffusion layer shrink reduction factor Default 1 The Simulator supports the following MOSFET device models which differ only in their formulation of the l V characteristic e Shichman Hodges LEVEL 1 e MOS2 LEVEL 2 e MOS3 LEVEL 3 e BSIM LEVEL 4 60 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e BSIM2 LEVEL 5 e MOS6 LEVEL 6 e BSIM3 LEVEL 7 e EKV LEVEL 8 The LEVEL parameter is used to specify which model to use It is declared at the start of the parameter values list entered in the associated model file If no LEVEL parameter is declared the default Schichman Hodges model will be used The Bulk substrate node is connected by default to the Source node If any of the component level Length Width Drain Area or Source Area parameters are not specified default values will be used The values for the component level NRD and NRS parameters are used to multiply the sheet resistance RSH in order to obtain an accurate representation of the parasitic series drain and source resistance of each transistor The values for the component level parameters Initial D S Voltage Initial G S Voltage and Initial B S Voltage only apply if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The component level Temperature parameter applies to LEVEL 1
234. ians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINHV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT SINHV Models and Subcircuit OUBCET SINHV L 2 BX 2 0 V SINH V 1 ENDS SINHV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 3 000 in 2 000 1 000 0 000 wi 1 000 2 000 3 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 10 00 ae 7 500 5 000 2 500 0 000 wi 2 500 5 000 7 500 10 00 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Hyperbolic Sine of Voltage Differential Input H W C gt 4 WY g D SIN AVR TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 253 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINHVR SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SINHVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used
235. ic resistance in Ohms Default 0 RS source ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 CGS zero bias G S junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 CGD zero bias G D junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 PB gate junction potential in Volts Default 1 KF flicker noise coefficient Default 0 AF flicker noise exponent Default 1 FC coefficient for forward bias depletion capacitance formula Default 0 5 Notes The model for the MESFET is based on the GaAs FET model of Statz et al The values for the Initial D S Voltage and Initial G S Voltage only apply if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The Area Factor affects the following model parameters e transconductance parameter BETA e doping tail extending parameter B e saturation voltage parameter ALPHA e drain ohmic resistance RD e source ohmic resistance RS e zero bias G S junction capacitance CGS e zero bias G D junction capacitance CGD Ifthe Area Factor is omitted a value of 1 0 is assumed The link to the required model file md1 is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The default should be applicab
236. ice analog models These are predefined analog device models that are built in to PSpice To support these models changes have been made to the general form for the corresponding SPICE3f5 device and or additional parameter support has been added for use in a linked model file Note These models are not listed separately in this reference PSpice support information is included as part of the information for the relevant SPICE3f5 device model XSpice analog models These are predefined analog device code models that are built in to XSpice Code models allow the specification of complex non ideal device characteristics without the need to develop long winded sub circuit definitions that can adversely affect Simulator speed performance The supplied models cover special functions such as gain hysteresis voltage and current limiting and definitions of s domain transfer functions The SPICE prefix for these models is A Sub Circuit models These are models for more complex devices such as operational amplifiers timers crystals etc that have been described using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax A sub circuit consists of SPICE elements that are defined and referenced in a fashion similar to device models There is no limit on the size or complexity of sub circuits and sub circuits can call other sub circuits Each sub circuit is defined in a sub circuit file ckt The SPICE prefix for theses models is X TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2
237. idal voltage source If the AC Magnitude parameter has been defined then the contents of the separators is evaluated and inserted into the netlist All following entries in the netlist are also evaluated and entered into the netlist in this case AC Phase If for example AC Magnitude 1 and AC Phase 0 then AC 1 0 will be inserted into the netlist If however AC Phase was undefined an error would be raised If the parameter AC Magnitude is undefined then nothing following the AC Magnitude entry in the netlist template will be entered into the netlist PARAMS Resistance Resistance Resistance Current Current Current This example can be seen in the predefined netlist template for a parameterized subcircuit see F1 in Fuse PrjPch If the Resistance and Current parameters are both undefined then there will be no text to be inserted into the netlist following the PARAMS entry so the text in the separators will be omitted also If for example the parameters have values Resistance 1k and Current 5mA then this will result in text following the PARAMS entry and PARAMS Resistance 1k Current 5mA will be the entry made in the netlist DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE This example is to demonstrate the use of the character If for example the parameters have values DESIGNATOR R1 and VALUE k and the pins are mapped on the Port Map tab of the Sim Model dialog according to the following table Then the text R1 GND OUT 1k w
238. ient Max Step Time set to 2 000u 144 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Inductance Meter Differential I O LWIETERR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name LMETER SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 52 ssvd 3 4 MODEL DESIGNATOR LMETER lmeter Parameters definable at component level Q DESTGNATOR LMETER gain gain gain Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain gain default 1 Notes This is a sensing device which is attached to a node in the circuit and produces as an output a scaled value equal to the total inductance seen on its input multiplied by the value assigned to the Gain parameter This model is useful as a building block for other models which require to sense an inductance value and adjust their behavior with respect to it The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Examples LMETERR Consider the inductance meter in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive input is connected to net Ini e Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 e Pin3 positive output is c
239. ient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Controlled Limiter Controlled Limiter Single Ended I O CLIWITER 7 Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name CLIMIT TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 111 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format Q DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 DESIGNATOR CLIMIT MODEL DESIGNATOR CLIMIT climit in offset in offset in offset gain gain gain upper delta upper delta upper delta lower delta lower delta lower delta 7limit PangSs limit range Glimit rangel Yiraction tTraction erraction Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain default 1 Upper _ Delta output upper delta Default 0 Lower_Delta output lower delta Default 0 Limit_Range upper and lower smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Fraction used to control whether the limit range is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default FALSE Notes This model is similar in function to the Gain function However the output is restricted to the range
240. ient analysis to determine the transient initial conditions The exception to this is when the Use Initial Conditions parameter is enabled on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog In this case analysis starts from the defined initial conditions current and voltage of the circuit An Operating Point analysis is automatically performed prior to an AC Small Signal Noise and Pole Zero analysis in order to determine the linearized small signal models for all non linear devices in the circuit It does not take into account the existence of any AC sources The simulation results are displayed on the Operating Point tab of the Waveform Analysis window Transient Analysis Description A Transient analysis generates output similar to that normally shown on an oscilloscope computing the transient output variables voltage or current as a function of time over the user specified time interval An Operating Point analysis is automatically performed prior to a Transient analysis to determine the DC bias of the circuit unless the Use Initial Conditions parameter is enabled 296 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Setup Transient analysis is set up on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Transient Fourier Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list An example setup for this analysis type is shown in the
241. ified by the IC device During the subsequent transient analysis this restraint is removed This is the preferred method since it allows the SPICE engine to compute a consistent DC solution If an Initial Condition parameter is specified for a particular device it overrides takes precedence over the value defined by a IC device Examples fe Lov ee OUT ik Consider the Initial Condition device in the above image with the following characteristics e The pin of the device is connected to net OUT e Designator is IC1 e Initial Voltage 10V The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist 1C V OUT 10V Nodeset 5 Ns Model Kind Initial Condition Model Sub Kind Initial Node Voltage Guess SPICE Prefix None SPICE Netlist Template Format NODESET V 1 INITIAL VOLTAGE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Initial Voltage amplitude of the node voltage in Volts Notes The Nodeset device is used to specify the starting voltage for a node in the circuit during a preliminary pass of the operating point analysis After this initial pass the restriction is released and the iterations continue to the true bias solutio
242. ile field on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The following criteria must be adhered to when defining the data in the file e Values must be entered in pairs a time position followed by an amplitude e The first character of each data line must be a plus sign and each line may contain up to 255 characters e Values must be separated by one or more spaces or tabs e Values may be entered in either scientific or engineering notation e Comment lines may be added by making the first character of the line an asterisk The following example illustrates the typical format for the content in a pw file x Random Noise Data POO Oe 3 D666 0 00 7ele 3 Oa os Fe Oe OLI GJE oa eM T UO Uode 0 60008 0 031 235e 3 0 2386 0 03906e 3 La L258 0 04688e 3 1 6164 0 05469e 3 0 3136 GZ 00S 3 094 The adjacent image shows an example waveform produced by a PWL current source connected to a 1Ohm load with the parameters set to their default values as Current 4 500 3 500 A 2 500 1 500 0 500 0 500 0 000u 25 00u 50 00u 75 00u 100 0u Time s The value for the current at intermediate values of time is calculated using linear interpolation on input values The value of the current at time points subsequent to the last time point defined will be the current value defined for that last time point Similarly if the waveform has been described starting at a time other than zero all points in time back to zero will have t
243. ill be placed into the XSpice netlist for this component Checking the Netlist Template To check the Netlist Template simply click on the Netlist Preview tab at the bottom of the Sim Model dialog The text displayed in this tab is exactly as it will be written to the XSpice netlist file when a netlist is generated or a simulation is run The following exception applies e If you are in the Schematic Library Editor or the document project has not been compiled the net names that the model pins map to will not be available In this case the schematic pin designators are inserted enclosed in lt gt braces Any errors that occur while parsing user defined entries in the Netlist Template will also be displayed so that any errors can be resolved prior to exiting the dialog PSpice Support To facilitate compatibility with PSpice support for various additional PSpice based functions and operators is provided as well as the use of global parameters to represent values in a PSpice modeled circuit Additional Function Support The following additional functions are supported ARCTAN x returns the inverse tangent of x ATANQ2 y x returns the inverse tangent of y x IF t x y If tis TRUE then x ELSE y LIMIT x min max while min lt x lt max x is returned If x lt min min is returned If x gt max max is returned LOG10 x returns the decimal logarithm of x MAX x y returns the maximum of x and y MIN x y
244. imCode Model application note For detailed information on SimCode syntax and functions refer to the Digital SimCode Reference Notes The SPICE prefix for theses models is A All of the SimCode source and compiled model files can be found in the Sim folder of the installation Library Sim These include the main compiled model files for TTL LS scb and CMOS CMOS scb devices An intermediate simulation model file md1 is used to link from the schematic component to the SimCode model effectively calling the SimCode description from within its MODEL line entry Digital SimCode is a proprietary language devices created with it are not compatible with other simulators nor are digital components created for other simulators compatible with the Altium Designer based mixed signal Simulator TTL and CMOS Logic Components Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A SPICE Netlist Template Format DESTIGNATOR input node list output node list MODEL Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Propagation device propagation delay Set to MIN or MAX to use min or max data book values Default typical value Loadin
245. imulation Models and Analyses Reference Model Name PWL SPICE Netlist Template Format Q DESIGNATOR SSvd 1 2 S vd S3 4 DESTGNATOR PWL MODEL DESIGNATOR PWL pwl x array x array y array y array input domain input domain input domain fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog X_array x element array Enter a list of progressively increasing values using spaces as separators At least two values must be entered for the array y_array y element array Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least two values must be entered for the array input_domain input smoothing domain Enter a value in the range 1 0e 12 to 0 5 Default 0 01 fraction used to control whether the smoothing domain is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default TRUE Notes The function of this model is to take the input signal and provide an output that is dependent on a piece wise linear waveform as defined by coordinate values specified in the x array and y array parameters The x array parameter values are input coordinate points progressively increasing while the y array parameter va
246. in Amps Default 0 M gate p n grading coefficient Default 0 5 N gate p n emission coefficient Default 1 NR emission coefficient for isr Default 2 VK ionization knee voltage in Volts Default 0 VTOTC VTO temperature coefficient in Volt C Default 0 XTI IS temperature coefficient Default 3 Where a parameter has an indicated default that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The following parameters The format for the PSpice model file is common to most devices in MODEL ModelName NJF Model Parameters N channel JFET PSpice are not supported T_ABS T_MEASURED T REL_GLOBAL e ModelName is the name of the model the link to which is specified on the Model Kind tab of the T REL LOCAL Sim Model dialog This name is used in the netlist MODEL to reference the required model in the linked model file MODEL ModelName PIF Model Parameters P channel JFET where e Model Parameters are a list of supported parameters for the model entered with values as required For an example of using a PSpice compatible diode model in a simulation refer to the example project JFET Pr7jPCB which can be found in the Examples Circuit Simulation PSpice Examples Jfet folder of the installation Metal Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor MESFET Model Kind Transistor Model Sub Kind MESFET SPICE Prefix Z SPICE Netlist Template Format
247. in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 99 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Consider the pulse voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net CP e Pin2 negative is connected to net GND e Designator is VCP e Time Delay 0 e Rise Time 1u e Pulse Width 500u e Period 1000u e All other parameters for the model are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist VCP CP 0 DC 0 PULSE 5 O 1u 1u 5000 10000 AC 1 0 Sinusoidal Voltage Source Volt Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Sinusoidal SPICE Prefix V SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE SIN 0FFSET amp OFFSET 0 AMPLITUDE amp AMPLITUDE 1 FREQUENCY amp FREQUENCY 1K DELAY amp DELAY 0 DAMPING FACTOR amp DAMPING FACTOR 0 amp PHASE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Ma
248. in the circuit in mhos Also sets value of the conductance that is placed in parallel with each pn junction in the circuit 1 000p GMINSTEP O Sets the number of steps in the GMIN stepping algorithm When set to 0 GMIN stepping is disabled making source stepping the simulator s default DC operating point convergence algorithm IMNTYMX Temporary global override for supply current index on SimCode None devices None Minimum Typical Maximum LDMNTYMX Temporary global override for input loading index on SimCode None devices None Minimum Typical Maximum LIST Displays a comprehensive list of all elements in the circuit with Disabled TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 321 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Option Description Default Value connectivity and values LOADMNS Sets scale factor used to determine min input loading max input 1 500 resistance when value not specified in SimCode model LOADMXS Sets scale factor used to determine max input loading min input 500 0m resistance when value not specified in SimCode model MAXEVTITER Sets the max number of event iterations for DC operating point convergence MAXOPALTER Sets the max number of analog event alternations for DC operating point convergence MINBREAK Sets the min time between breakpoints in seconds O Automatic NOOPALTER Enables DC operating point alternations Disabled NOOPITER Skip directly to GMIN stepping
249. ind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ACOSVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub circuit file ACOSVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc cosine of Voltage SOUBCKT ACOSVE 1 2 34 BX 3 4 V ACOS V 1 2 ENDS ACOSVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 ACOSVR Models and Subcircuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 209 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SUBCKT ACOSVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ACOS V 1 2 ENDS ACOSVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 V 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m Time s 3 500 3 000 2 500 2 000 1 500 w 1 000 I 0 500 0 000 0 500 C l EE L454 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m Time in1 in2 50 00m out 50 00m In this example the f
250. ined by running a transient analysis of the circuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 177 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 7 500 int in2 5 000 2 500 e 0 000 2 500 5 000 7 500 i 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s Ba in3 in4 2 100 2 000 w 1 900 1 800 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 17 50 out 15 00 12 50 V 10 00 7 500 5 000 2 500 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u 178 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Sub circuit based models These are models for more complex devices such as operational amplifiers timers crystals etc that have been described using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax A sub circuit consists of SPICE elements that are defined and referenced in a fashion similar to device models There is no limit on the size or complexity of sub circuits and sub circuits can call other sub circuits Each sub circuit is defined in a sub circuit file ckt The following sub circuit based device model examples are covered in this section e Crystal e Frequency to Voltage Conve
251. input and output The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Examples Consider the gain function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 input is connected to net In e Pin2 output is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e In_Offset 2v e Gain 5 136 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Out Offset 4V The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN OUT AUI1GAIN sMODEL AULGAIN Gain inh offset 2V gain 5 our Ofrset 47V The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 10 00 in 7 500 5 000 2 500 0 000 e 2 500 5 000 7 500 i oa 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 70 00 60 00 50 00 40 00 30 00 20 00 10 00 0 000 10 00 20 00 30 00 40 00 50 00 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s V In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Gain Differential I O GAINER Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name GAIN SPICE Netlist
252. ious image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 e Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 e Pin3 positive cntl upper is connected to net Vuppos e Pin4 negative cntl_upper is connected to net Vupneg e Pind positive cntl lower is connected to net Vlowpos e Pin6 negative cntl_lower is connected to net Vlowneg e Pin7 positive output is connected to net Out e Pin8 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e Gain 3 e All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 Svd IN1 IN2 vd VUPPOS VUPNEG vd VLOWPOS VLOWNEG vd OUT 0 AULCLIMIT MODEL AULCLIMIT climit gain 3 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 115 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference gt 0 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s VY 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s out o 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Cont
253. is connected to net GND e Designator is VB e Value 0V e NoAC parameters are specified The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist VB N14 0 OV Exponential Voltage Source VEXP Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Exponential SPICE Prefix V SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 31 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE EXP INITIAL VALUE amp INITIAL VALUE 0 PULSED VALUE amp PULSED VALUE 5 RISE DELAY TIME amp RISE DELAY TIME 1U 2 RISE TIME CONSTANT amp RISE TIME CONSTANT 700N FALL DELAY TIME amp FALL DELAY TIME 2U amp FALL TIME CONSTANT AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE 90 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude AC Magnitude AC Phase Initial Value Pulsed Value Rise Delay Time Rise Time Constant Fall Delay Time Fall Time Constant Notes DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0
254. ist format for a PSpice model in the above form should be specified using the Generic Editor In the Sim Model dialog set the Model Kind to General and the Model Sub Kind to Generic Editor For the circuit to be parsed correctly ensure that the Spice Prefix field is set to F The following example generic netlist template format could be used for this model type QDESIGNATOR 1 2 POLY dimension ControlSource coeffs The values for the dimension ControlSource and coeffs parameters are entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog DC Current Source ISRC Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind DC Source SPICE Prefix TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 73 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value amplitude of the source current in Amps AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis typically 1A AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Notes This source produces a constant current output and is generally use
255. itial Condition Model Sub Kind Set Initial Condition SPICE Prefix None SPICE Netlist Template Format SIC Visljy G INITIAL VOLTAGE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Initial Voltage amplitude of the node voltage in Volts Notes The Initial Condition device is used for setting transient initial conditions The use of the device depends upon the setting of the Use Initial Conditions option on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog e When the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled an operating point analysis is not performed Instead the node voltages specified by IC devices are used to compute the capacitor diode BUT JFET and MOSFET initial conditions Since no operating point analysis is performed prior to the transient analysis you should ensure that all appropriate DC source voltages are specified if they are to be used to compute device initial conditions 104 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e When the Use Initial Conditions option is disabled an operating point analysis is performed prior to the transient analysis and the node voltage is held at the value spec
256. ix Discrete JFET IntLib e Vishay Siliconix Discrete MOSFET IntLib e Vishay Sprague Tantalum Axial Lead Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Sprague Tantalum Chip Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Sprague Tantalum Radial Lead Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Tansitor Tantalum Axial Lead Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Tansitor Tantalum Radial Lead Capacitor IntLib e Vishay Telefunken Discrete Diode IntLib e Vishay Vitramon Ceramic Dipped Capacitor IntLib Zetex e Zetex Discrete BJT IntLib e Zetex Discrete Diode IntLib e Zetex Discrete MOSFET IntLib Searching for Simulation Ready Components With such a vast collection of simulation ready components both generic and manufacturer specific scattered across a multitude of integrated libraries you may think that finding the component you need is like searching for that proverbial needle in a haystack To simplify this process search features are available that allow you to e Search for a simulation ready component across libraries local to your installation of Altium Designer e Search for a simulation ready component within the available up to date libraries supplied by the Altium Library Development Center ALDC available from the Altium Website Searching Installation Libraries By using Altium Designer s Libraries Search feature you can quickly search for simulation ready components e across all available libraries for the active project e in libraries along a specified s
257. kt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line The simulation ready frequency to voltage converter component F TOV can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Examples IC Consider the frequency to voltage converter in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND e Pin3 positive output node is connected to net A e Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND e Designator is V2 e The linked simulation sub circuit file is FTOV ckt with the following content Frequency To Voltage Converter VIL Low level input threshold XWV LH High level input threshold CYCLES Cycles per volt output Generic frequency to voltage converter Connections x NC NC is N i N I tot SUBCKT FTOV 1 2 3 4 PARAMS VIL 1 VIH 2 CYCLES 1k Aa 1 2 10 20 ade mod A2 10 20 40 fcevs mod A3 40 5 dav_mod B1 3 4 V v 5 CYCLES model adc mod xddac model dav_mod xdav snodel Tevs mod xsamcode file MODEL PATH fcvs seo func fevs VIL VIL VIn Vil sENDS FTOV e Values of 0 1 and
258. l Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the supplied 2 input multiplier open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 157 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Consider the multiplier in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin positive a input is connected to net In1 e Pin2 negative a input is connected to net In2 e Pin3 e Pin4 e Pind positive output is connected to net Out positive b input is connected to net In3 negative b input is connected to net In4 e Pin6 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e X_Gain 0 5 defined on the Parameters tab e Y_ Gain 2 defined on the Parameters tab e Out Gain 2 defined on the Parameters tab e All other parameters are left at their default values The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XU1 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OUT 0 MULTR PARAMS x gain 0 5 y gain 2 out gain 2 Models and Subcaircu1 7 UBCKT MULTR 1 2 3 4 5 6 PARAMS x OfESet 0 0 y offser 0 0 x gain 1 0 y gain l 0 out gain 1 0 out OoLrrest 0
259. l 21 2008 Pin2 cntl_upper is connected to net Vupper Pin3 cntl_lower is connected to net Vlower Pin4 output is connected to net Out Designator is U1 Gain 2 Limit_Range 0 1 All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN VUPPER VLOWER OUT AUICLIMIT MODEL AULCLIMIT claimit limit renge 0 1 Traction PAlcE Simulation Models and Analyses Reference in offset 0 gain 2 upper delta 0 lower delta 0 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit V VY 4 000 in 3 000 2 000 1 000 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 0 000u 10 00u 20 00u 30 00u 40 00u 50 00u 60 00u Time s 2 000 aa 1 500 1 000 0 500 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 0 000u 10 00u 20 00u 30 00u 40 00u 50 00u 60 00u Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used Transient Start Time set to 0 000 Transient Stop Time set to 60 00u Transient Step Time set to 2 000u Transient Max Step Time set to 2 000u With the exception of the Initial Value parameter set to 4V the Pulsed Value parameter set to 4V and the Period parameter set to 15us all other parameters for the Pulse Voltage Source have been left at their defaults Controlled Limiter Differential
260. l Name MULTV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file MULTV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Multiply Voltages SOUBCKT MULTV L 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS MULTV Examples Consider the circuit in the image above which uses math function components to implement the trigonometric base equation 2 2 Sin v Cos v 1 With respect to the MULTV components the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XMcos2 COS COS COSSQ MULTV XMsin2 SIN SIN SINSQ MULTV Models and Subcircuit sUBCKT MULTY 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS MULTV The effect of the functions can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 262 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 800 0m 700 0m 600 0m 500 0m sinsq 2 400 0m 300 0m 200 0m 100 0m 0 000m 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time 1 000 cossq 0 900 0 800 0 700 gt 0 600 0 500 0 400 0 300 200 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 1 0003 a 1 0002 i 1 0001 0 9999 0 000m 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In this example the fol
261. l Name SQRTV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SQRTV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Square root of Voltage sSUBCKT SORTV 1 Z TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 275 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BX 2 U V SQRT V 1 ENDS SQRTV Examples In Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SQRTV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT SQRTV Modele and Subcircuit i soUBCKT SORTV 1 2 BX 2 0 V SQRT V 1 ENDS SORTV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 9 200 in 9 100 o 9 000 8 900 8 800 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time 3 3 200 3 100 V 3 000 2 900 2 800 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Square Root of Voltage Differential Input H
262. l dialog ensuring that the Model Kind field is first set to General This will be the default model kind sub kind setting when adding a new simulation model to a schematic component For all other General model sub kinds you can effectively change to Generic Editor and edit the predefined template massaging it to your own requirements When defining the Netlist Template the information entered should be in accordance with the requirements of SPICE3f5 XSpice and the syntax rules described below Netlist Template Syntax Characters that are entered into the template are written to the XSpice netlist verbatim except for the following special characters percent sign commercial at amp ampersand question mark tilde number sign These characters are translated when creating the netlist as shown in the following table Syntax in Netlist Template Netlister replaces with lt param gt Value of lt param gt An error is raised if a parameter of this name does not exist or if there is no value assigned to it Value of lt param gt No error is raised if the parameter is undefined TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 23 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Syntax in Netlist Template Netlister replaces with EE E 2 lt param gt s ss s Text between first s s separators if lt param gt is defined else the second s s separators Text between s s separators if lt param gt is NOT
263. l00419 3339 den cceri 1 0 937 160899 0 974 04381 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running an AC Small Signal analysis of the circuit In this example the following analysis parameters on the AC Small Signal Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Start Frequency setto 10 00 e Stop Frequency setto 100 0k e Sweep Type set to Decade e Test Points set to 500 1 200 1 100 V 1 000 0 900 0 800 10 00 100 0 4 000k 10 00k Frequency Hz 10 00 9 000 8 000 7 000 6 000 VY 5 000 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 0 000 10 00 100 0 1 000k 10 00k Frequency Hz By plotting the magnitude response in dBs the corner frequency can be seen more clearly 19 00 18 00 17 00 dB 16 00 15 00 14 00 13 00 10 00 100 0 4 000k 10 00k Frequency Hz 166 100 0k out 100 0k dB out 100 0k TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference S Domain Transfer Function Differential I O SAFERE Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name S_ XFER SPICE Netlist Template Format Q DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR SXFER MODEL DESIGNATOR SXFER s xfer in offset in offset in offset gain gain gain num coeti Cnum coer den coerf Cden costi Vint 1 ant i1c int ac denormalized freq denormalized freq denormalized f
264. lap capacitance per meter channel width in F m Default 0 Gate Drain overlap capacitance per meter channel width in F m Default 0 Gate Bulk overlap capacitance per meter channel length in F m Default 0 drain ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 source ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 Drain and Source diffusion sheet resistance in Ohms Default 0 source contact resistance in Ohms Default 0 drain contact resistance in Ohms Default 0 drain source junction current temperature exponent Default 0 first order temperature coefficient for drain source series resistance in C Default 0 second order temperature coefficient for drain source series resistance in C Default 0 area calculation model Default 0 zero bias gate edge sidewall junction capacitance in F m If no value is specified the value assigned to CJSW will be used This parameter is only used when ACM 3 It is ignored otherwise shared geometry parameter Default 0 This parameter is only used when ACM 3 It is ignored otherwise length of heavily doped diffusion in m Default 0 This parameter is only used when ACM 2 or 3 It is ignored otherwise lateral diffusion into channel in m Default 0 length of lightly doped diffusion near gate in m Default 0 model scaling factor Default 1 selects effective drain and source resistance model Default 0 T
265. late Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ATANHI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc tangent of Current SUBCKT ATANHT 1 2 3 4 VX 2 2 0 BX 4 3 I ATANH I VX ENDS ATANHI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANHI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN O OUT O ATANHT Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ATANHI 1 2 3 4 VX L 2 0 BX 4 3 I ATANH I VX 242 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference ENDS ATANHI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 1 branch 0 750 0 500 0 250 A 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time 3 000 ma 2 000 1 000 A 0 000 1 000 i 2 000 i 3 000 l 0 000m 5000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Star
266. lated using the following formula N log FMAX R L C L 2 Pi L2 K 1 K 2 logK The line consists of resistor and capacitor segments only unless a non zero value is assigned to the ISPERL parameter In this case the capacitors are replaced with reverse biased diodes possessing the following characteristics e azero bias junction capacitance equivalent to the capacitance replaced e a saturation current of ISPERL Amps m of transmission line e an optional series resistance equivalent to RSPERL Ohms m of transmission line The link to the required model file md1 is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file For model file parameters where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value The simulation ready URC transmission line component URC can be found in the Simulation Transmission Line integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Transmission Line IntLib Examples URCI El CE eel lass Consider the URC transmission line in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 node 1 is connected to net IN e Pin2 node to which capacitances of the RC line are connected is connected to net GND e Pin3 node 2 is connected to
267. lation refer to the example project Diode PrjPCB which can be found in the Examples Circuit Simulation PSpice Examples Diode folder of the installation Inductor Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Inductor SPICE Prefix L SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE INITIAL CURRENT IC INITIAL CURRENT Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the inductance in Henrys 36 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Initial Current time zero current flowing through inductor in Amps Notes The value for the Initial Current only applies if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Examples Consider the inductor in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net Vin e Pin2 negative is connected to net Vfw e Designator is L1 e Value 10mH The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Ll Vin Vfw 10mH PSpice Support The existing Spice3f5 model for the Inductor device has been Vin 100mH Vout enhanced to support the general PSpic
268. lding block for other models which require to sense a capacitance value and adjust their behavior with respect to it The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Examples Consider the capacitance meter in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 e Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 e Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out e Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND 110 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Designator is U1 e Gain 5 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN1 IN2 vd OUT 0 AU1CMETER MODEL AUILCMETER cmeter gain 5 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 3 000 int 2 000 1 000 gt 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time 3 2 000 no 1 500 1 000 0 500 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 420 0p a 410 0p gt 400 0p 390 0p 380 0p 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Trans
269. le to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value 50 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples VEC Woe V2 25W Fi n SHF Ol MESFET R4 lmeg Consider the MESFET in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 Drain is connected to net D e Pin2 Gate is connected to net G e Pin3 Source is connected to net S e Designator is Q1 e The linked simulation model file is NMESFET mdl If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist 201 DG S NMESFET Models and Subcircuit MODEL NMESFET NMF LEVEL 6 _ In this case there are no parameter values specified in both the Sim Model dialog and the model file The SPICE engine would therefore use the parameter default values inherent to the model Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor MOSFET Model Kind Transistor Model Sub Kind MOSFET SPICE Prefix M SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 32 3 3 MODEL LENGTH L LENGTH WIDTH W WIDTH DRAIN AREA AD DRAIN AREA SOURCE AREA AS SOURCE AREA DRAIN PERIMETER PD DRAIN PERIMETER SOURCE PERIMETER PS SOURCE PERIMETER NRD NRD NRD NRS NRS NRS amp STARTING CONDITION 2 INITIAL D S VOLTAGE IC INITIAL D S VOLTAGE INITIAL G S VOLTAGE INITIAL B S VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE TEMP TEMPERATURE
270. linking inductor A also links inductor B Examples Wine iE Wout Trans Cupl Inductance A ImH Inductance E lmH Coupling Factor 0 5 Consider the transformer in the above image which uses a coupled inductor model and has the following characteristics e The positive pin of the Primary is connected to net Vin2 e The negative pin of the Primary is connected to net GND e The positive pin of the secondary is connected to net Vout 2 e The negative pin of the secondary is connected to net GND e Designator is T1 e Inductance A 1mH e Inductance B 1mH e Coupling Factor 0 5 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist LA KTI VIN2 O 1mH LB KT1 VOUT2 0 1mH KTI GA KTI IB KTL 0 5 32 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Placing a transformer with a coupled inductor model is probably the simplest and quickest way of adding a coupled inductor to your source schematic However should you wish to place individual inductors in the schematic design and couple them the required information for the SPICE netlist can be readily supplied through the use of a Text Frame Simply place a text frame in the schematic document and ensure that the first line is NSX Then type the information required each line will be included in the netlist exactly as it is written appearing between the following comment entries Begin NSX text frames xEnd of NSX text frames Th
271. ll be listed in the Messages panel In this case you will have to work through all warnings and errors and fix them before you are able to access the Analyses Setup dialog and subsequently perform a simulation The generated SPICE netlist incorporates analysis setup information This information is initially sought in the project file If the design is being simulated for the first time and you have not run the Analyses Setup dialog then default analysis information will be used Transient and Operating Point analyses After this initial simulation and whenever you change the setup information 294 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference in the Analyses Setup dialog the project will appear as being modified Saving the project will result in the information being stored in the project file Subsequent simulation of the design will generate the netlist using this stored information If you use the Analyses Setup dialog and then run a simulation without having saved the project it is the setup information last defined in the dialog and not that existing in the project that is used Running a simulation from the schematic will use the schematic generated SPICE netlist regardless of whether another SPICE netlist file is open in the main design window The netlist will be regenerated each time a simulation is run Any warnings or errors either with respect to generation of the SPICE netlist or the actual simulatio
272. lly Sealed Glass Silicon 2 Motorola Discrete Diode IntLib 5 components Model Name _ Model Type L3 1N4728A Signal Integrity m 1N4728 Simulation 59 03 Footprint Query Language Reference Reference 20 For help on getting started with writing query expressions refer to the Introduction to the Query Language article For more detailed information regarding queries refer to the article An Insider s Guide to the Query Language For detailed information on query language syntax including example query expressions for each keyword refer to the For detailed information about the Libraries panel refer to the Libraries panel section of the Altium Designer Panels TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Searching via the Altium Website Simulation Models and Analyses Reference By navigating to the Altium Designer Libraries area of the Altium Website you can browse search and download up to date Altium Designer integrated libraries for board level design Simply click on the available link for the Altium Designer board level design integrated libraries and then access the Search for a component facility Use this facility to quickly search for simulation ready components Use the fields provided to make your search criteria as broad or specific as required If for example you wanted to quickly find all simulation ready components of a particular type across all manufacturer integrated libraries
273. lowing analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Multiplication of Voltages Differential Inputs Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name MULTVR SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file MULTVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Multiply Voltages SUBCKT MULTVR 123 4 5 6 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 263 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS MULTVR Examples Consider the circuit in the image above which uses math function components to implement the trigonometric base equation Sin v gos te 1 With respect to the MULTVR components the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XMCos2 COS 0 COS 0 COSSO O MULTVR XMSin2 SIN 0 SIN 0 SINSQ 0 MULTVR Models and Subcirc it SUBCKT MULTVR 1 2 3 4 5 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS MULTVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by
274. lowing analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Sine Sine of Current Cit gt l gJ E SINI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINI SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SINI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file xSine of Current sOUBCKT SINL 1 2 34 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 269 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I SIN TI VX ENDS SINI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN O OUT O SINI Models and Subcircuie sOUBCKT SINI 1 23 4 VX L 2 0 BX 4 3 I SIN I VX ENDS SINI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 rti 0 750 0 500 0 250 4 0 000
275. ltage Single Ended Input ATANYV Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ATANV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc tangent of Voltage 216 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SUBCKT ATANV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ATAN V 1 ENDS ATANV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Iti Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ATANV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ATANV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ATAN V 1 ENDS ATANV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 200 i in 1 100 v 1 000 0 900 0 800 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 810 0m out 800 0m e 790 0m 730 0m 770 0m 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start
276. ltages applied to the pos pwr and neg _ pwr pins If Ve is greater than the subsequent voltage that appears on the out pin of the device a sourcing current flows from the out pin If the value for Veq is less than that seen on the out pin a sinking current flows into the out pin If a sourcing current results the value of the current will be controlled by a sourcing resistance as defined by the R Out Source parameter The sourcing current is limited to a maximum value defined by the I Limit Source parameter The output current in this case will be reflected in the current through the pos_pwr pins of the device If a sinking current results the value of the current will be controlled by a sinking resistance as defined by the R Out Sink parameter The sinking current is limited to a maximum value defined by the I Limit Sink parameter This models the limiting behavior found in the output stages of most operational amplifiers The output current in this case will be reflected in the current through the neg_pwr pins of the device The V Pwr Range parameter is used to define the voltage level below Vpos pwr and above Vneg pwr beyond which smoothing will be applied to the derived internal voltage signal Veg The I Source Range parameter is used to define the current level below I Limit Source beyond which smoothing is applied This value also determines the current increment above lout 0 at which the current through the pos_pwr pins begins to
277. lue defined by the I Limit Source parameter The output current in this case will be reflected in the current through the pos_pwr pin of the device If a sinking current results the value of the current will be controlled by a sinking resistance as defined by the R Out Sink parameter The sinking current is limited to a maximum value defined by the I Limit Sink parameter This models the limiting behavior found in the output stages of most operational amplifiers The output current in this case will be reflected in the current through the neg_pwr pin of the device The V Pwr Range parameter is used to define the voltage level below Vpos pwr and above Vneg pwr beyond which smoothing will be applied to the derived internal voltage signal Veg The I Source Range parameter is used to define the current level below I Limit Source beyond which smoothing is applied This value also determines the current increment above lout 0 at which the current through the pos_pwr pin begins to transition to zero The I Sink Range parameter is used to define the current level below I Limit Sink beyond which smoothing is applied This value also determines the current increment below lout 0 at which the current through the neg_ pwr pin begins to transition to zero The R Out Domain parameter is used to specify the incremental value above and below Veq Vout 0 at which Rout will be set to R Out Source orR Out Sink respectively Rout will be interpolated smoo
278. lue for the sweep range in conjunction with the chosen Sweep Type e Total Test Points non editable shows the total number of test points in the frequency sweep range calculated from the initial value for Test Points and the chosen Sweep Type Notes Before you can perform an AC Small Signal analysis the circuit schematic must contain at least one signal source component with a value entered for the AC Magnitude parameter of its linked simulation model It is this source that is replaced with a sine wave generator during the simulation The amplitude and phase of the swept sine wave are specified in the model parameters for the SIM model linked to the schematic component for the Source To set these values double click on the source component in the schematic to bring up the Component Properties dialog In the Models region of the dialog double click on the entry for the associated simulation model to launch the Sim Model dialog When this dialog appears select the Parameters tab to gain access to the AC Magnitude and Ac Phase parameters Enter the amplitude in Volts and the phase in in Degrees Units are not required Set the AC Magnitude to 1 to have the output variables displayed relative to 0 dB Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The simulation results are displayed on the AC Analysis tab of the Waveform Analysis window Examples VDD oo ae dBl
279. lues represent the corresponding outputs at those points You could think of the function as being analogous to a look up table where the input signal amplitude is mapped to the corresponding input value in the x_ array and then the y array value that this is paired with is used for the output signal For values of the input signal that are smaller than the first element value of x array and greater than that of the last the function uses the lowest and highest two coordinate pairs respectively and extends the slope between each The function is therefore perfectly linear before the first coordinate and after the last coordinate specified by the arrays The PWL function does not have inherent output limiting Care should therefore be taken as it is quite possible to end up with excessively large or small outputs for larger values of input The use of the smoothing domain around each coordinate point in the defined PWL waveform reduces the possibility of non convergence Inherent checking of the value entered for the input domain parameter is carried out by the model so that overlap of smoothing domains does not result from too high a value being specified Care should be taken when using the smoothing domain as a fractional value fraction TRUE as excessive smoothing can result if the coordinates specified in the x_ array and y array parameters are inappropriate The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage si
280. ly displayed upon completion of the simulation Each individual analysis type is configured on a separate page of the dialog Simply click on the analysis name to activate the corresponding setup page The following basic analysis types are supported e Operating Point Analysis e Transient Analysis e Fourier Analysis e DC Sweep Analysis e AC Small Signal Analysis e Impedance Plot Analysis e Noise Analysis e Pole Zero Analysis e Transfer Function Analysis In addition the following more advanced features are available e Monte Carlo Analysis e Parameter Sweep e Temperature Sweep The SPICE Options page of the dialog enables you to define advanced simulation options including the values of SPICE variables the integration method used by the Simulation Engine and the simulation reference net In general you should not have to change any of the parameters in this page of the dialog for accurate simulation Only change these options if you understand SPICE simulation parameters Notes The setup options that you define in the Analyses Setup dialog will be used in the creation of a SPICE netlist nsx upon which the simulation is run In order for a SPICE netlist to be created the schematic design must be simulatable If there are any errors or warnings that exist the Analyses Setup dialog will not appear and instead a dialog will appear alerting you to the fact that there were errors parsing the circuit The errors warnings wi
281. m Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain gain default 1 108 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes This is a sensing device which is attached to a node in the circuit and produces as an output a scaled value equal to the total capacitance seen on its input multiplied by the value assigned to the Gain parameter This model is useful as a building block for other models which require to sense a capacitance value and adjust their behavior with respect to it The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Examples Ui cmeter Consider the capacitance meter in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin input is connected to net NetCl 2 e Pin2 output is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e Gain 10 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 NetCl 2 OUT AU1CMETER MODEL AUILCMETER cmeter gain 10 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 4 000 3 500 3 000 2 500 2 000 1 500 1 000 0 500 0 000 0 000u 10 00u 20 00u 30 00u 40 00u 50 00u 60 00u Time s 1 020n out 1 010n 1 000n 0 990n 0 980n 0 000u 10 00u 20 00u 30 00u 40 00u 50 00u 60 00u Time s In
282. me 0 000 e Transient Stop Time 500 0u e Transient Step Time 2 000u e Transient Max Step Time 2 000u The AC Small Signal analysis is defined with the following parameter values e Start Frequency 1 000 e Stop Frequency 1 000meg e Sweep Type Decade e Test Points 100 e Total Test Points 601 The Parameter Sweep is defined with the following parameter values e Primary Sweep Variable RF resistance e Primary Start Value 50 00k e Primary Stop Value 150 0k e Primary Step Value 50 00k e Primary Sweep Type Absolute Values e Secondary Sweep Variable RI resistance e Secondary Start Value 5 000k e Secondary Stop Value 15 00k e Secondary Step Value 5 000k e Secondary Sweep Type Absolute Values The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses AC DEC 100 1 IEG ATRAN 2ZE 6 0 0003 0 ZE 6 CONTROL SWEEP RF resistance 5E4 1 5E5 5E4 RI resistance 5000 1 5E4 5000 ENDC There are three values of the primary parameter that will be swept for each of the three values of the secondary Therefore there will be nine waveforms in all generated by the sweep e output pl e output p2 e output p3 316 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 output p4 Output po output po output p output pe ou pur PY Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The default value waveform out will also be generated for comparison Hence running the simulation will yield the output waveforms shown i
283. me zero voltage across Drain Source terminals in Volts Initial G S Voltage time zero voltage across Gate Source terminals in Volts Temperature temperature at which the device is to operate in Deg C If no value is specified the default value assigned to TEMP on the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog will be used Default 27 Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file VTO threshold voltage Vto in Volts Default 2 0 BETA transconductance parameter in AN Default 1 0e 4 LAMBDA channel length modulation parameter A in 1 V Default 0 RD drain ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 RS source ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 CGS zero bias G S junction capacitance Ces in Farads Default 0 CGD zero bias G D junction capacitance Cep in Farads Default 0 PB gate junction potential in Volts Default 1 IS gate junction saturation current Is in Amps Default 1 0e 14 B doping tail parameter Default 1 KF flicker noise coefficient Default 0 AF flicker noise exponent Default 1 FC coefficient for forward bias depletion capacitance formula Default 0 5 TNOM parameter measurement temperature in C If no value is specified the default value assigned to TNOM on the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog will be use
284. mperature in C If no value is specified the default value assigned to TNOM on the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog will be used Default 27 IS bulk junction saturation current in Amps Default 1 0e 14 JS bulk junction saturation current per square meter of junction area in Amps m JSW sidewall saturation current per unit length in A m Default 0 N bulk p n emission coefficient Default 1 CBD zero bias B D junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 59 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference CBS CJ CJSW MJ MJSW FC PB PBSW TT CGSO CGDO CGBO RD RS RSH RSC RDC XTI TR1 TR2 ACM CJGATE GEO HDIF LD LDIF SCALM UPDATE WMLT Notes General zero bias B S junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 zero bias bulk junction bottom capacitance per square meter of junction area in Farads m Default 0 zero bias bulk junction sidewall capacitance per meter of junction perimeter in Farads meter Default 0 bulk junction bottom grading coefficient Default 0 5 bulk junction sidewall grading coefficient Default 0 33 coefficient for forward bias depletion capacitance formula Default 0 5 bulk junction potential in Volts Default 0 8 built in potential of source drain junction sidewall in Volts Default 1 bulk p n transit time in seconds Default 0 Gate Source over
285. mponent Properties dialog Equation expression defining the source waveform Notes Standard SPICE non linear dependant current source This source is sometimes called an Equation defined source as the output is defined by a user defined equation often referencing currents at other nodes in the circuit The current waveform is described by expression where expression is the user defined equation entered in the corresponding Equation parameter field The following standard functions can be used to create the expression ABS absolute value function ABS x returns the value of x LN natural logarithm function where LN e 1 SQRT square root function LOG log base 10 function EXP exponential function EXP x returns the value of e raised to the power of x where e is the base of the natural logarithms SIN sine function ASIN arc sine function ASINH hyperbolic arc sine function SINH hyperbolic sine function COS cosine function ACOS arc cosine function ACOSH hyperbolic arc cosine function COSH hyperbolic cosine function 78 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TAN tangent function ATAN arc tangent function ATANH hyperbolic arc tangent function U unit step function Returns a value of 1 for arguments greater than O and a value of 0 for arguments less than 0 URAMP unit ramp function I
286. mponents the entries in the SPICE netlist will be 260 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference k Schematic Netlist AMcoszZ COS NetMcosz 2 NevtMcos2 2 0 NetMcos2 5 0 MULTI XMsin2 SIN NetMsin2 2 NetMsin2 2 0 NetMsin2 5 0 MULTI Models and Subpcircuiet eoUBCRT MULTI L 2345 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS MULTI The effect of the functions can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 800 0m 700 0m 600 0m 500 0m 400 0m 300 0m 200 0m 100 0m 0 000m 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m v3 branch A Time s 1 000 v4ebranch 0 900 0 800 0 700 T 0 600 0 500 0 400 0 300 0 200 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 1 0003 ri 1 0002 T 1 0001 Ey ee ee ee ee a 0 9999 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Multiplication of Voltages Single Ended Inputs cy Yd G F H Ye MULTY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 261 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Mode
287. mulation Models and Analyses Reference Gate Drain overlap capacitance per meter channel width in Farads per meter Default 0 Gate Bulk overlap capacitance per meter channel length in Farads per meter Default 0 Drain and Source diffusion sheet resistance in Ohms Default 0 zero bias bulk junction bottom capacitance per square meter of junction area in Farads m Default 0 bulk junction bottom grading coefficient Default 0 5 zero bias bulk junction sidewall capacitance per meter of junction perimeter in Farads meter Default 0 bulk junction sidewall grading coefficient Default 0 5 LEVEL1 0 33 LEVEL2 3 bulk junction saturation current per square meter of junction area in Amps m oxide thickness in meters Default 1 0e 7 substrate doping in 1 cm Default 0 surface state density in 1 cm Default 0 fast surface state density in 1 cm Default 0 type of gate material 1 default opposite to substrate 1 same as substrate 0 Al gate metallurgical junction depth in meters Default 0 This applies to Levels 2 MOS2 and 3 MOS3 only lateral diffusion in meters Default 0 surface mobility in cm Vs Default 600 critical field for mobility degradation in V cm This parameter is applicable to the MOS2 model only Default 1 0e4 critical field exponent in mobility degradation This parameter is applicable to the MOS2 m
288. mulation ready voltage controlled current source component GSRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples ROZ M Consider the voltage controlled current source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net N1 e Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net N6 e Pin3 positive output node is connected to net GND e Pin4 negative output node is connected to net N5 e Designator is GCM e Gain 2 574E 9 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist GCM 0 NS N1 N6 2 574E 9 PSpice Support The following general PSpice model forms are supported e G lt name gt lt node gt lt node gt VALUE lt expression gt e G lt name gt lt node gt lt node gt TABLE lt expression gt lt lt input value gt lt output value gt gt e G lt name gt lt node gt lt node gt POLY lt value gt lt lt controlling node gt lt controlling node gt gt lt lt polynomial coefficient value gt gt These devices do not support linked model files The netlist format for a PSpice model in one of the above forms should be specified using the Generic Editor In the Sim Model dialog set the Model Kind to General and the Model Sub Kind to Generic Editor For the circuit to be parsed correctly ensure that the Spice Prefix field is set
289. n This device is not usually necessary in order to achieve convergence in most circuits However it may be a useful aid when performing simulations on bistable or astable circuits TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 105 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Nal SV IH Consider the Nodeset device in the above image with the following characteristics e The pin of the device is connected to net IN e Designator is NS1 e Initial Voltage 5V The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist NODESET V IN 5V 106 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference XSpice models These are predefined analog device code models that are built in to XSpice Code models allow the specification of complex non ideal device characteristics without the need to develop long winded sub circuit definitions that can adversely affect Simulator speed performance The supplied models cover the following functions which are available for operation with either single ended or differential voltage or current I O Capacitance Meter e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Controlled Limiter e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Controlled One Shot e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Current Limiter e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Differentiator e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Divider e Single Ended I O e Differential I O Gain e Single Ended I O e Differential I O
290. n C If no value is specified the default value assigned to TNOM on the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog will be used Default 27 The model for the BUT is an adaptation of the integral charge control model of Gummel and Poon This enhanced version of the original Gummel Poon model includes several effects at high bias levels When certain parameters are not specified the model automatically defaults to that of the simpler Ebers Moll model Ground is used as the substrate node The values for Initial B E Voltage and Initial C E Voltage only apply if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The Area Factor affects the following model parameters e transport saturation current IS e corner for forward beta high current roll off IKF e B E leakage saturation current ISE e corner for reverse beta high current roll off IKR e B C leakage saturation current ISC e zero bias base resistance RB 44 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e current where base resistance falls halfway to its minimum value IRB e minimum base resistance at high currents RBM e emitter resistance RE e collector resistance RC e B E zero bias depletion capacitance CJE e high current parameter for effect on TF ITF e B C zero bias depletion capacitance CJC e zero bias collector substrate capacitance
291. n the domain of which is specified using the Den Domain parameter This model will operate in DC AC and Transient analysis modes only When running an AC Small Signal analysis the results are only valid when one of the two inputs not both is connected to an AC signal The input signals can be either differential current or differential voltage signals 134 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Examples Consider the divider in the above image with the following characteristics DIVIDER Pin1 positive num input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative num input is connected to net In2 Pin3 Pin4 Pin5 positive output is connected to net Out positive den input is connected to net In3 negative den input is connected to net In4 Pin6 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 Out_Gain 4 All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 svd IN1 IN2 svd IN3 IN4 tSvd OUT 0 AUIDIVIDE MODEL AUIDIVIDE divide out_gain 4 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit w V e 7 500 in1 in2 5 000 2 500 0 000 2 500 5 000 7 500 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time 2 20 in3 in4 2 100 2 000 1 900 1 800 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Tim
292. n Hz Default 10k Notes The adjacent image shows an example waveform produced by an FM voltage source connected to a 1Ohm load with the parameters set to their default values 92 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 3 500 Voltage 3 250 3 000 2 750 e 2 500 2 250 2 000 1 750 1 500 0 000u 25 00u 50 00u 75 00u 100 0u 125 0u 150 0u 175 0u 200 0u Time s The shape of the waveform is described by the following formula V t Vo Va sin 21rF ct MI sin 21rFst where t is an instance of time Vo is the DC offset of the signal generator Va is the maximum amplitude of the output swing excluding the DC offset Fc is the Carrier frequency MI is the Modulation Index and Fs is the Signal frequency The simulation ready frequency modulated sinusoidal voltage source component VSFEFM can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the frequency modulated sinusoidal voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative is connected to net GND e Designator is V1 e Offset 0 e Carrier Frequency 10k e Signal Frequency 1k e All other parameters for the model are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist V1 IN 0 DC 0O SFFM 0O 1 10k 5 1k AC 1 0 TRO113 v1 6
293. n in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 V 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 l 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 000 or 0 900 0 600 0 700 0 600 0 500 0 400 0 300 0 200 0 100 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Absolute Value of Voltage Differential Input H Y G Ee e o G E ABSVR TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 199 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ABSVR SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ABSVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Absolute value of Voltage pkg ABS V SUBCKT ABSVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ABS V 1 2 ENDS ABSVR Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to t
294. n passes The default value waveform will also be generated for comparison Hence running the simulation will yield the following waveforms with respect to the Out node OUE our tl e out t2 oOUL tS e out t4 out t3 150 0u out 125 0u 100 0u 75 00u V 50 00u 25 00u 0 000u 1 000 100 0 10 00k 1 000M 100 0M Frequency Hz 250 0u 225 0u out_t2 200 0u out_t4 175 0u 150 0u 125 0u w 100 0u 75 00u E 50 00u 25 00u 0 000u 1 000 100 0 10 00k 1 000M 100 0M Frequency Hz Advanced SPICE Options The SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog enables you to define advanced simulation options including the values of SPICE variables the integration method used by the Simulation Engine and the simulation reference net TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 319 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Analyses Setup Analyses Options Enabled Spice Options General Setup Option Description Operating Point Analysis v ABSTOL Absolute current error tolerance 0 Transient Fourier Analy ms ACCT Display accounting information DC Sweep nalysis AC Small Signal Analysis ADCSTEP Analog change for digital event 0 Noise Analysis AUTOPARTIAL Use AFP computation Pole Zero Analysis BADMOS3 Use MOS3 with kappa discontinuity Transfer Function Analysis BOOLH Boolean output high value 0 4 500 Temperature Sweep BOOLL Parameter Sweep Monte Carlo Analysis Global Parameters Advanced Options
295. n process itself will be displayed in the Messages panel A simulation can be run directly from an open SPICE netlist regardless of whether it is part of the project or a free document The nsx file can be edited manually prior to running a simulation from it but care should be taken and indeed you should have good knowledge of SPICE in order to proceed down this path If you do make modifications to the netlist and then close it you should save it under a different name otherwise running a simulation from the schematic will result in the modified file being overwritten when the SPICE netlist is regenerated from the schematic Again any warnings or errors with respect to the actual simulation process itself will be displayed in the Messages panel As the simulation proceeds and the defined and enabled analyses are performed a simulation waveform file saf will open as a separate tab in the main design window to display the results of the analyses in the Sim Data Editor s Waveform Analysis window General Analysis Setup Options General setup options with respect to running a circuit simulation are defined on the General Setup page of the An alyses Setup dialog This Collect Data For igen tte mest oy Rams gl mat ee maT is the default page whenever the dialog is launched To get back to this Sheets to Netlist Active project page from the setup page of another analysis type simply click the SimView Setup General Set
296. n the following images AC Small Signal analysis V v 10 00 output 9 000 8 000 7 000 6 000 5 000 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 0 000 l l l l Se i Lu 4 000 10 00 100 0 4 000k 10 00k 100 0k 1 000M Frequency Hz 30 00 y output_p1 output pa 25 00 out put_p 3 output _p4 f output_p5 20 00 A output_p6 a output_p output _p8 15 00 i output p9 10 00 5 000 0 000 LH 1 000 10 00 100 0 1 000k 10 00k 100 0k 1 000M Frequency Hz Transient analysis o V 1 000 output 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 i f 0 000u 100 0u 200 0u 300 0u 400 0u 500 0u Time s 3 000 y A A A A output_pt i i i H oulput_p2 2 000 te pan ht EN fa 4 output p3 If ah F if H cone i 1 li i output _p5 1 000 output_p6 output _ p7 output_ps output_p9 0 000u 100 0u 200 0u 300 0u 400 0u 500 0u Time s Temperature Sweep Description The Temperature Sweep feature is used to analyze the circuit at each temperature in a specified range producing a series a curves one for each temperature setting The Simulator performs multiple passes of any of the standard analyses that are enabled AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 317 Simulation Models and
297. n this case the node voltages are held at the specified values during the Operating Point analysis then released during the Transient analysis e Enable the Use Initial Conditions option on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog from the schematic select Design Simulate Mixed Sim then click the Transient Fourier Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list This option works in conjunction with the IC devices or the IC parameter of the components By setting this option the Operating Point analysis is not performed and the specified voltages are used as the initial conditions for the Transient analysis e Specify the series resistance parameters of your models and increase the GMIN option SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog by a factor of 10 Specify the initial condition of semiconductor devices especially diodes as OFF DC Sweep Analysis troubleshooting When you have a problem with a DC Sweep analysis first try the steps listed in the General simulation convergence troubleshooting section If you still encounter problems try the following e Change the value of the Primary Step parameter on the DC Sweep Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog If discontinuities exist in a device model perhaps between the linear and saturation regions of the model increasing the step TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 325 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference size may allow the simulation
298. name is used in the netlist MODEL to reference the required model in the linked model file e Model Parameters are a list of supported parameters for the model entered with values as required For an example of using a PSpice compatible capacitor model in a simulation refer to the example project Capacitor PrjPCB which can be found in the Examples Circuit Simulation PSpice Examples Capacitor folder of the installation TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 31 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Coupled Inductors Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Coupled Inductors SPICE Prefix K SPICE Netlist Template Format LA DESIGNATOR 1 2 INDUCTANCE A LB DESIGNATOR 3 4 INDUCTANCE B DESIGNATOR LA DESIGNATOR LB DESIGNATOR COUPLING FACTOR Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Inductance A value for the inductance of discrete inductor A in Henrys Inductance B value for the inductance of discrete inductor B in Henrys Coupling Factor the coupling coefficient representing the flux linkage between the windings of the two individual inductors Permissible values lie in the range 0 lt CFSs1 where 1 the ideal means all flux
299. nce RSH is not specified the default resistance value of 1K will be used and a warning will be generated The link to the required model file md1 is specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Entering a direct value for the resistance will override the geometric definition Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Examples Rin I Input ny Fes Serm Consider the semiconductor resistor in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 is connected to net Input e Pin2 is connected to net Inv e Designator is RIn e The linked simulation model file is RES md1 40 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference If a value for the resistance was entered directly say 10K and no other parameters were specified on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog then the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist RIn Input Inv RES 10K Consider now instead of entering a direct value for the resistance the following parameters were defined in the Sim Model dialog e Length 10e 3 e Width 4e 3 e Temperature 24 The entry in the netlist would be Schematic Netlist RIn INPUT INV RES L 10e
300. nce Fast Diode Conductance Fast Diode 1N914 1N914 mdl Diode 1 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N4001 1N4001 mdl 1N4001 Diode 1 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N4002 1N4002 mdl 1N4001 Diode 1 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N4003 1N4003 mdl 1N4001 Diode 1 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N4004 1N4004 mdl 1N4001 Diode 1 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N4005 1N4005 mdl 1N4001 Diode 1 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N4006 1N4006 mdl 1N4001 Diode 1 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N4007 1N4007 mdl 1N4001 Diode High Conductance Fast Diode 1N4148 1N4148 mdl 1N4148 Diode Computer Diode 1N4149 1N4149 mdl 1N4149 Diode High Conductance Ultra Fast Diode 1N4150 1N4150 mdl 1N4150 Diode High Conductance Fast Diode 1N4448 1N4448 mdl 1N4448 Diode 1 Amp Fast Recovery Rectifier 1N4934 1N4934 mdl 1N4934 Diode 3 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N5400 1N5400 mdl 1N5400 Diode 3 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N5401 1N5401 mdl 1N5401 Diode 3 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N5402 1N5402 mdl 1N5402 Diode 3 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N5404 1N5404 mdl 1N5404 Diode 3 Amp General Purpose Rectifier 1N5406 1N5406 mdl 1N5406 Diode 3 Amp Medium Power Silicon Rectifier 1N5407 1N5407 mdl rn sinegudoe e Diode 3 3 Amp Medium Power Silicon Rectifier Medium Power Silicon Rectifier 1N5408 1N5408 mdl TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 9 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix Diode Scho
301. ne will use the default values for all other parameters PSpice Support To make this device model compatible with PSpice the following additional model parameters are supported and can be entered into a linked model file md1 for the device IOFF control current for OFF state in Amps Default 0 ION control current for ON state in Amps Default 1E 3 Where a parameter has an indicated default that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The format for the PSpice model file is The following parameters where PSpice are not supported e ModelName is the name of the model the link to which is specified on the Model Kind tab of the eee Sim Model dialog This name is used in the netlist MODEL to reference the required model in T_MEASURED the linked model file T_REL_ GLOBAL T_REL_LOCAL e Model Parameters are a list of supported parameters for the model entered with values as required Voltage Controlled Switch a T VSW Model Kind Switch Model Sub Kind Voltage Controlled SPICE Prefix S SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 3 4 1 2 MODEL amp INITIAL CONDITION Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of
302. nected to a 1Ohm load with the parameters set to their default values nee Yoltage 4 500 3 500 2 500 V 1 500 0 500 0 500 0 000u 25 00u 50 00u 75 00u 100 0u Time s The value for the voltage at intermediate values of time is calculated using linear interpolation on input values The value of the voltage at time points subsequent to the last time point defined will be the voltage value defined for that last time point Similarly if the waveform has been described starting at a time other than zero all points in time back to zero will have that voltage which is defined for the first time point of the waveform The simulation ready piecewise linear voltage source component VPWL can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the piecewise linear voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative is connected to net GND e Designator is V2 e Time Value Pair entries are TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 97 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Time s Voltage V O 1 2m Be 4m 1 6m 1 5 8m me 10m 220 12m 4 14m mail e All other parameters for the model are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist V2 IN O DC O PWL O 1 2m 3 4m 1 6m 1 5 8m 5 10m 2 5 12m 4 14m 1 AC 1 0 Pulse Voltage So
303. ned to TEMP on the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog will be used Default 27 Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file IS transport saturation current in Amps Default 1 0e 16 BF ideal maximum forward beta Default 100 NF forward current emission coefficient Default 1 VAF forward Early voltage in Volts Default infinite IKF corner for forward beta high current roll off in Amps Default infinite ISE B E leakage saturation current in Amps Default 0 NE B E leakage emission coefficient Default 1 5 BR ideal maximum reverse beta Default 1 NR reverse current emission coefficient Default 1 VAR reverse Early voltage in Volts Default infinite IKR corner for reverse beta high current roll off in Amps Default infinite ISC B C leakage saturation current in Amps Default 0 NC B C leakage emission coefficient Default 2 RB zero bias base resistance in Ohms Default 0 IRB current where base resistance falls halfway to it minimum value in Amps Default infinite RBM minimum base resistance at high currents in Ohms Default RB RE emitter resistance in Ohms Default 0 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 43 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference RC CJE VJE MJE TF XTF VTF ITF PTF CJC VJC MJC XCJC TR
304. nee HERE SHED E AMP_GAIN 100MEG mall Signal Analysis l Noise Analysis EAE 114 PI CUTOFF_FREQ C_VALUE DAMPING_COEFF Fole Zero Analysis FI 3 14159265 Transfer Function Analysis AS VALLI E 1 00k Temperature Sweep C VALLE Parameter Sweep Monte Carlo Analysis Global Parameters Advanced Options In Aa VALUE Aa VALUE CAMPING COEFF 1 For an example of using global parameters and equations in a simulation refer to the example project Global Params Pr jPCB which can be found in the Examples Circuit Simulation PSpice Examples Global Parameters folder of the installation TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 27 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE3f5 models These are predefined analog device models that are built in to SPICE They cover the following common analog component types General e Capacitor e Capacitor Semiconductor e Coupled Inductors e Diode e Inductor e Potentiometer e Resistor e Resistor Semiconductor e Resistor Variable Transistors e Bipolar Junction Transistor BJT e Junction Field Effect Transistor JFET e Metal Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor MESFET e Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor MOSFET Switches e Current Controlled Switch e Voltage Controlled Switch Transmission Lines e Lossless Transmission Line e Lossy Transmission Line e Uniform Distributed RC lossy Transmission Line Current Sources e Current
305. neral Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SUBVR SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SUBVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Subrtact Voltages SUBCKT SUBVR L1 2 34 5 6 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 281 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS SUBVR Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SUBVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OUT 0 SUBVR Models and Subcireuiet sOVBCKT SUBVR 1 2 Oo 4 36 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS SUBVEK The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit geun int in2 7 100 gt 7 000 6 900 800 L L 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s wun in3 in4 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 0 250 0 500 E 0 750 1 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 8 000 or 7 750 7 500 7 250 7 000 E 6 750 6 500 E 6 250 6 000 1 a l 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis paramet
306. net OUT e Designator is URC1 e Length 1 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 71 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e No Segments 6 e The linked simulation model file is URC md1 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist UURC1 IN 0 OUT URC L 1 N 6 Models and Subcircuit MODEL URC URC In this case there are no parameter values specified in the model file The SPICE engine would therefore use the parameter values defined in the Sim Model dialog along with the default values inherent to the model for all other parameters that are definable in the model file Current Sources Current Controlled Current Source Fakt Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Current Controlled SPICE Prefix F SPICE Netlist Template Format V DESIGNATOR 1 2 OV DESIGNATOR 3 4 V DESIGNATOR GAIN Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain current gain of the source in Amps Notes This source produces a current at the output terminals that is a linear function of the current at the input terminals dependant on the gain of the source The current controlled current source actually implements two individual devices
307. node voltages and supply currents Specifying simulation data to be displayed When setting up a simulation you can choose which variables are automatically displayed in the Sim Data Editor s Waveform Analysis window after the analyses have been done The Available Signals region of the page shows a list of all available circuit signals that can be plotted Which signals are available is determined by the type of data that is being collected and saved in the result document set in the Collect Data For field To have a signal automatically plotted in the Waveform Analysis window select the signal in the Available Signals list and click the gt button to move the signal into the Active Signals list Double clicking on a signal moves it from one list to the other You can select multiple signals in a list by clicking and dragging the mouse over the signal list or using the Shift and Ctrl keys while clicking on signals TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 295 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference While including a signal in the Active Signals list causes the simulation results for that signal to be automatically displayed in the Waveform Analysis window once the simulation has finished you can use the controls in the Sim Data Editor to display any signal for which data was collected Available Signals Definitions The following is a list of the different signal types that can appear in the Available Signals list lt designator gt branch
308. nput signal by calculating the incremental slope of that signal since the previous time point The output upper and lower limits are used to prevent convergence errors due to excessively high output values The Limit Range specifies the value below Out Upper Limit and above Out Lower Limit at which smoothing of the output begins The Differentiator function does not include truncation error checking It is therefore not recommended that this function be used to provide integration through the use of a feedback loop Undesirable results may be obtained It is better in this case to use the Integrator function which provides for truncation error checking The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Examples Consider the differentiator function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin positive input is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative input is connected to net GND e Pin3 positive output is connected to net OUT e Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e Out_Lower_Limit 20 e Out Upper Limit 20 e All other parameters are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN 0 vd OUT 0 AU1DDT MODEL AULDDT d at out lower Jamwit 20 cut upper lamit 20 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit
309. nsient analysis of the circuit 1 000 0 750 amp 0 500 0 250 gt 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 000m 10 00m 15 00m Time s 1 000 4 0 950 0 900 0 850 0 800 0 750 0 700 0 650 0 600 0 550 0 500 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m Time s 2 000 1 500 1 000 0 500 gt 0 000 0 500 E 1 000 1 500 2 000 l 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m Time s sinout 20 00m cosout 20 00m tanout 20 00m TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Division of Voltages Differential Inputs DIVV ER Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name DIVVR SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file DIVVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Divide Voltages SUBCKT DIVVR 1 7 3 4 3 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS DIVVR Examples
310. nt Start Time set to 0 000 Transient Stop Time set to 100 0u Transient Step Time set to 20 00n Transient Max Step Time set to 20 00n Slew Rate Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name SLEW TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 171 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR s vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR SLEW MODEL DESIGNATOR SLEW slew rise slope rise slope rise slope fall slope fall slope fall slope Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Rise_Slope maximum rising slope value Default 1 0e9 Fall_Slope maximum falling slope value Default 1 0e9 Notes This model provides a simple slew rate feature that limits the absolute rising and falling slope of the output with respect to time to a defined value The values for the Rise Slope and Fall Slope parameters are specified in units of Vs or As For example to enter a slew rate of 0 05V us the entry would be 0 5e7 The function will raise or lower the output value until the difference between the input and output is zero It will then follow the in
311. nt of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line 176 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Consider the summer in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin positive a input is connected to net In1 e Pin2 negative a input is connected to net In2 e Pin3 e Pin4 e Pind positive output is connected to net Out positive b input is connected to net In3 negative b input is connected to net In4 e Pin6 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e X_Gain 0 5 defined on the Parameters tab e Y Gain 2 25 defined on the Parameters tab e Out Gain 2 defined on the Parameters tab e All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XU1 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OUT 0 SUMR PARAMS x gain 0 5 y gain 2 25 out gain 2 Models and Subcircuic SUPORT SUME 1 2 3 4 gt 0 PARAMS X Orreet 0 0 y ofiser 0 0 X gain 1 0 t y Gain 1 0 out gein 0 out ofrset 0 0 Al evad l 2 svd 3 4 vd 5 6 sum model Ssuml summer in Oriseet 1x Offset y offset in gain e gain iy dain OOF Galn OUL gain Out Orrser 0ur Oritser ENDS SUMRE The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obta
312. ntegral of the unit step for an input x the value is 0 if x is less than O or if x is greater than O0 the value is x The following standard operators are supported addition operator subtraction operator multiplication operator l division operator A power operator y x returns the value of y raised to the power of x unary unary minus operator unary x returns x To reference in an equation the current at a node in your circuit you must first name the node in the schematic using a Net Label You then use the name defined in the Net field of the Net Label s properties to reference the node using the following syntax I Net references the current at node Net For example if you have a node in your circuit labeled with a Net Label called IN then the following would be valid entries in the Equation parameter field of the source I IN 3 COS I IN By default the node is referenced to the Spice Reference Net Name specified on the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog This is GND by default You can include a different reference node directly in the equation using the following syntax I netlabell netlabelZ2 For example LN COS LOG I NetLabell NetLabel2 2 I NetLabel2 I NetLabell If the argument of a LOG LN or SORT function becomes less than zero the absolute value of the argument is used If a divisor becomes zero or the argument of log or In becomes
313. ntial Input H v Cit Ee B Wo g E LEAVE Model Kind General TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 267 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name LNVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file LNVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Natural logarithm of Voltage SUBCKT LNVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V IN V 1 2 ENDS LNVR Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LNVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schemat ic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 LNVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT LNVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V LN V 1 2 ENDS LNVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 268 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 1 000 0 750 0 500 0 250 0 000 e 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m Time s 0 000 1 000 2 000 VY 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 0 000m 5000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m Time s in1 in2 30 00m out 30 00m Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In this example the fol
314. o define input output values between the set points The voltage controlled triangle wave oscillator is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the model open the associated sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line The simulation ready voltage controlled triangle wave oscillator component VCO Tri can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Examples Consider the voltage controlled triangle wave oscillator in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND e Pin3 positive output node is connected to net OUT e Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND e Designator is V1 e The linked simulation
315. odel only Default 0 transverse field coefficient mobility This parameter has been deleted with respect to the MOS2 model Default 0 maximum drift velocity of carriers in m s Default 0 total channel charge fixed and mobile coefficient This parameter is applicable to the MOS2 model only Default 1 flicker noise coefficient Default 0 flicker noise exponent Default 1 coefficient for forward bias depletion capacitance formula Default 0 5 width effect on threshold voltage This parameter is applicable to MOS2 and MOS3 model types only Default 0 mobility modulation in 1 V This parameter is applicable to the MOS3 model only Default 0 static feedback This parameter is applicable to the MOS3 model only Default 0 saturation field factor This parameter is applicable to the MOS3 model only Default 0 2 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 53 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TNOM parameter measurement temperature in C If no value is specified the default value assigned to TNOM on the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog will be used Default 27 The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file when using the BSIM or BSIM2 models LEVEL VFB PHI K1 K2 ETA MUZ DL DW U0 U1 X2MZ X2E X3E X2U0 X2U1 MUS X2MS X3MS X3U1 TOX TEMP VDD CGDO CGSO CGBO XPART NO NB ND RSH JS PB
316. of the sub circuit file SQRTI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Square root of Current SUBCKT SORTI 2 2 3 4 VX LZ 0 BX 4 3 I SQRT I VX ENDS SORTL Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SQRTI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist KML IN 0 OUT 0 SORTI Modele and Supcireuice SCUBCKT SORTI 1 23 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 ISSQRT I VX ENDS SORTI 274 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 93 200m Mii 9 100m 4 9 000m 8 900m 8 800m 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 97 00m rali 96 00m A 95 00m 94 00m 93 00m 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Square Root of Voltage Single Ended Input SORTV Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Mode
317. ollowing analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Arc Sine Arc Sine of Current I Q l g E ASINI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ASINI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None 210 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes The content of the sub circuit file ASINI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc sine of Current SUBCKT ASINI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ASIN I VX ENDS ASINI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN O OUT O ASINI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ASINI 1 23 4 VA iL 2 0 BX 4 3 I ASIN I VX ENDS ASINI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 Mi 0 750 0 500 0 250
318. on would be at 1000 Q 3 standard deviations is 1100 Q and 3 standard deviations is 990 Q With this type of distribution there is a higher probability that the randomly generated value will be closer to the specified value Worst Case This is the same as the Uniform distribution but only the end points worst case of the range are used For a 1K 10 resistor the value used would be randomly chosen from the two worst case values of 990 Q and 1100 Q On any one simulation run there is an equal chance that the high end worst case value 1100 Q or low end worst case value 990 Q will be used Number of Runs the number of simulation runs you want the Simulator to perform Different device values will be used for each run within the specified tolerance range Default 5 310 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Default Resistor Tolerance the default tolerance to be observed for resistors The value is entered as a percentage Default 103 e Default Capacitor Tolerance the default tolerance to be observed for capacitors The value is entered as a percentage Default 103 e Default Inductor Tolerance the default tolerance to be observed for inductors The value is entered as a percentage Default 10 e Default Transistor Tolerance the default tolerance to be observed for transistors beta forward The value is entered as a percentage Default 103 e Default DC Source Tole
319. onal offsets single GAIN Not Required ended current or voltage I O GAINR Simple gain block with optional offsets GAIN Not Required differential current or voltage I O HYSTERESIS Hysteresis block single ended current or HYST Not Required voltage I O HYSTERESISR Hysteresis block differential current or voltage HYST Not Required I O ILIMIT Current limiter single ended voltage input LIMIT Not Required A single ended conductance output ILIMITR Current limiter differential voltage input LIMIT Not Required A differential conductance output Integrator block single ended current or INT Not Required A voltage I O INTR Integrator block differential current or voltage Not Required a I O Current controlled switch siswo ISW mdl LIMITER Limiter block single ended current or voltage LIMIT Not Required I O LIMITERR Limiter block differential current or voltage I O LIMIT Not Required LMETER Inductance meter single ended current or LMETER Not Required voltage I O LMETERR Inductance meter differential current or voltage LMETER Not Required A I O MULT Multiplier block single ended current or voltage MULT MULT ckt X I O MULTR Multiplier block differential current or voltage MULTR MULTR ckt X I O ONESHOT Controlled oneshot single ended current or ONESHOT Not Required A voltage I O ONESHOTR Controlled oneshot differential current or ONESHOT Not Required A voltage I O Piece wise linear controlled source sin
320. onnected to net Out e Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 145 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Gain 25 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 svd IN1 IN2 tvd OUT 0 AUILLMETER MODEL AULLMETER Ilmeter gain 25 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 10 00 7 500 5 000 2 500 int VY mo D 5 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s VY oe 5 iy i 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s out 8 110 0m 100 00m 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Integrator Integrator Single Ended I O Model Kind General INT Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name INT 146 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR INT MODEL DESLGNATOR INT ant fin offset in offset Gin offset dain qain Cgain out lower limit out lower limit out up
321. ontact resistance RESISTANCE Coil resistance TNDUCTANCE Coil Inductance AC DC relay SUBCKT 12VSPDT 1 2 3 4 5 PARAMS PULLIN 9 6 DROPOFF 0 1 CONTACT 1m RESISTANCE 1000 INDUCTANCE 10m L1 4 6 INDUCTANCE 2 L2 5 7 INDUCTANCE 2 Rl 6 7 RESISTANCE BNO 8 OQ V PULLIN abs v 6 7 SW1 2 1 8 O SWNC ON BNC 9 0 V abs v 6 7 SW2 3 1 9 0 SWNO OFF MODEL SWNC SW VT DROPOFF RON CONTACT MODEL SWNO SW VT PULLIN 0 98 RON CONTACT ENDS SPDTRELAY e Pullin 8 4v set on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XRLY1 OUT P2 Pl IN O 12VSPDT PARAMS Pullin 8 4V Models and Subeircuie SUBCKT 12VSPDT 1 2 3 4 5 PARAMS PULLIN 9 6 DROPOFF 0 1 CONTACT 1m RESISTANCE 1000 INDUCTANCE 10m LI 4 6 LNDUCTANCE 2 L2 5 7 INDUCTANCE 2 RI 6 7 RESISTANCE BNO 8 0 V PULLIN abs v 6 7 SW1 2 1 8 0 SWNC ON BNC 9 0 V abs v 6 7 SW2 3 1 9 0 SWNO OFF MODEL SWNC SW VT DROPOFF RON CONTACT MODEL SWNO SW VT PULLIN 0 98 RON CONTACT ENDS SPDTRELAY The Netlister will evaluate the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the value for the Pullin parameter specified in the Sim Model dialog which overrides the default and the default values for all other parameters as defined in the 12VSPDT ckt file Transformer Equivalent Circuit Model Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefi
322. op Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 Ou Hyperbolic Arc Sine Hyperbolic Arc Sine of Current G Ee B l g E ASINHI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ASINHI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ASINHI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 237 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Hyperbolic arc sine of Current SUBCKT ASINHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ASINH I VX ENDS ASINHI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINHI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN O OUT O ASINHI Models and Subcircuie SUBCKT ASINHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ASINH TI VX ENDS ASINHI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit a v1 branch 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 A 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 2
323. operties dialog Gain voltage gain of the source in Volts Notes This source produces a voltage at the output terminals that is a linear function of the voltage at the input terminals dependant on the gain of the source The characteristic equation for this source is v ev where e is the voltage gain 102 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The simulation ready voltage controlled voltage source component ESRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples H7 Consider the voltage controlled voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net N7 e Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net N10 e Pin3 positive output node is connected to net N11 e Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND e Designator is ELIM e Gain 1 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist ELIM N11 O N7 N10 1 PSpice Support The following general PSpice model forms are supported e E lt name gt lt node gt lt lt expression gt node gt VALUE e E lt name gt lt node gt lt node gt TABLE lt expression gt lt lt input value gt lt output value gt gt e E lt name gt lt lt node gt lt node gt POLY lt value gt lt controlling node gt lt
324. otes This is a two input summer with offset and gain adjustment available on both inputs and output It takes the inputs and processes them to obtain the output result as follows e The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the X Offset and Y Offset parameters e The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for gain specified in the respective X Gain and Y Gain parameters e The resulting values are summed e The result is then multiplied by the value specified for the Out_ Gain parameter e The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_ Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output X X_Offset X_Gain Y Y_Offset Y_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset The input signals can be either differential current or differential voltage signals The built in XSpice summer function can take two or more inputs with no upper limit on the number of inputs considered This particular 2 input version is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax Within the sub circuit definition the XSpice summer model is called and the parameters of the sub circuit file parsed to this model Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the supplied 2 input summer open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the conte
325. out dB in 0 000 5 000 10 00 15 00 dB Consider the circuit in the image above where an AC Small Signal analysis is defined with the following parameter values P e Start Frequency 1 000 e Stop Frequency 1 000meg 25 00 e Sweep Type Decade e Test Points 100 e Total Test Points 601 500 TAF amr ae The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Frequency Hz Selected Circuit Analyses 30 00 AC DEC 100 1 1E6 and running the simulation will yield the output waveforms shown in the adjacent image Impedance Plot Analysis Description An Impedance Plot analysis shows the impedance seen by any two terminal source in the circuit Setup An Impedance Plot does not have a separate setup page of its own and is normally run and plotted as part of an AC Small Signal analysis TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 303 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference To include Impedance Plot analysis results in an AC Small Signal analysis ensure that the Collect Data For field on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog is set to one of the following e Node Voltage Supply and Device Current e Node Voltage Supply Current Device Current and Power e Node Voltage Supply Current and Subcircuit VARs e Active Signals Locate the source of interest in the Available Signals list and add it to the Active Signals list The signal will appear with a z suffix indicating that it is an impedance based signal
326. output noise is to be measured e Reference Node the node in the circuit used as a reference for calculating the total output noise at the desired Output Node By default this parameter is set to 0 GND If set to any other node the total output noise is calculated as V Output Node V Reference Node e Total Test Points non editable shows the total number of test points in the frequency sweep range calculated from the initial value for Test Points and the chosen Sweep Type Notes The Start Frequency must be greater than zero The independent voltage source specified in the Noise Source parameter must be an ac source in order for the simulation to proceed Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The simulation results are displayed on the Noise Spectral Density tab of the Waveform Analysis window Examples CC VEE Consider the circuit in the image above where a Noise analysis is defined with the following parameter values e Noise Source Vin e Start Frequency 1 000k e Stop Frequency 1 000meg e Sweep Type Linear e Test Points 1000 e Points Per Summary 0 e Output Node output e Reference Node 0 GND e Total Test Points 1000 The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses 306 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference NOISE V OUTPUT Vin LIN 1000 1000 186
327. ow output level of a Boolean expression 0 000 BOOLT Sets the input threshold level of a Boolean expression 1 500 320 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Option Description Default Value BYPASS Enables device bypass scheme for nonlinear model evaluation Enabled CHGTOL Provides lower limit on capacitor charge or inductor flux in 10 00e 15 Coulombs used in the LTE timestep control algorithm CONVABSSTEP Sets limit of the absolute step size in solving for the DC operating 100 0m point convergence for code model inputs CONVLIMIT Disables convergence algorithm used in some built in component Disabled models CONVSTEP Sets the limit of the relative step size in solving for the DC operating 250 0m point convergence for code model inputs CURRENTMNS Sets scale factor used to determine min supply current when value not 1 500 specified in SimCode model CURRENTMXS Scale factor used to determine max supply current when value not 500 0m specified in SimCode model DRIVEMNS Sets scale factor used to determine min output drive capacity when 1 500 value not specified in SimCode model DRIVEMXS Sets scale factor used to determine max output drive capacity when 500 0m value is not specified in SimCode model DRVMNTYMX None Temporary global override for output drive capacity index on SimCode devices None Minimum Typical Maximum GMIN Sets min conductance max resistance of any device
328. pcircuic SUBCKT ASINV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ASIN V 1 ENDS ASINV 212 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 200 i In 1 100 4 000 V 0 900 0 800 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 800 1 700 o 1 600 1 500 1 400 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 Ou Arc Sine of Voltage Differential Input cy G p E o G F ASINVR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ASINVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ASTNVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc sine of Voltage SUBCKT ASINVR 1 2 3 4 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 213 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BX 3 4 V ASIN V 1 2
329. pe meeting the defined limit level The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Examples Ul HYSTERESIS Consider the hysteresis function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 input is connected to net In e Pin2 output is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e In _Low 5v e In_High 5v e Out Lower Limit 8v e Out Upper Limit 8v e All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN OUT AULHYST MODEL AULHYST hyst in low 5 in high 5 out lower Jimit 6 cut upper limit a The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 140 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 10 00 7 500 5 000 2 500 e 0 000 2 500 5 000 7 500 10 00 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 10 00 cat 7 500 5 000 2 500 0 000 e 2 500 5 000 7 500 10 00 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Hysteresis Differential I O
330. per limit out upper limit Clam ange i range tlimit rangel Tout 1Cc Our ic tout Lc Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Limit_Range upper and lower limit smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Out_IC output initial condition Default 0 Notes This model is a simple integration stage that approximates the integral of the input with respect to time The output upper and lower limits are used to prevent convergence errors due to excessively high output values These limits provide for integrator behavior similar to that found in the integration stage of an operational amplifier Once a limit has been reached no further storage of values occurs The Limit Range specifies the value below Out Upper Limit and above Out Lower Limit at which smoothing of the output begins Truncation error checking is an inherent part of the model If truncation errors become excessive the model uses smaller time increments between simulation data points therefore providing for a more accurate simulation of the integration function
331. per sinusoidal waveform period This value is used in the automatic calculation of the Transient Step Time when the Set Defaults button is pressed Notes A Transient analysis always begins at time zero In the time interval between zero and Transient Start Time the circuit is analyzed but the results are not stored In the time interval between Transient Start Time and Transient Stop Time results are stored for display Although Transient Step Time is the nominal time increment used in the analysis the actual time step is varied automatically to achieve convergence Typically Transient Step Time and Transient Max Step Time are set to the same value As a starting point set both of these parameters to Transient Stop Time Transient Start Time 1000 If you are not sure what values to enter press the Set Defaults button on the page to automatically calculate the Transient analysis parameters as follows e Transient Start Time is set to zero TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 297 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Transient Stop Time Transient Step Time and Transient Max Step Time are calculated based on the values entered for the Default Cycles Displayed and Default Points Per Cycle parameters as well as the lowest frequency source in the circuit with frequency F1 The formulae used for the calculations are as follows Transient Stop Time 1 FL Default Cycles Displayed Transient Step Time 1 FL Default Points Per
332. point convergence TEMP Sets the actual operating temperature of the circuit in Degrees C 27 00 Any deviation from TNOM will produce a change in the simulation results Where a device model has a Temperature parameter that can be set at the component level setting a value for that parameter will override TEMP TNOM 27 00 Sets the nominal temperature for which device models are created in Degrees C Where a device model has a TNOM parameter that can be set at the model file level setting a value for that parameter will 322 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Option Description Default Value override TNOM TPMNTYMX Temporary global override for propagation delay index on SimCode None devices None Minimum Typical Maximum TRTIOL Used in the LTE timestep control algorithm This is an estimate of the 7 000 factor by which SPICE overestimates the actual truncation error TRYTOCOMPACT Applicable to the LTRA model When specified the simulator tries to Disabled condense LTRA transmission line s past history of input voltages and currents VNTOL Sets the absolute voltage tolerance of the program in Volts 1 000u Notes In general you should not have to change any of the advanced SPICE parameters in this page of the dialog for accurate simulation Only change these options if you have a good understanding of SPICE simulation parameters When troubleshooting Transient analy
333. ption The Transfer Function analysis DC small signal analysis calculates the DC input resistance DC output resistance and DC gain at each voltage node in the circuit Setup Transfer Function analysis is set up on the Transfer Function Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Transfer Function Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list An example setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below 308 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Transfer Function Analysis Setup Parameter Value Source Mame Vin Reference Node 0 Parameters e Source Name the small signal input source used as the input reference for the calculations e Reference Node the node in the circuit used as a reference for the calculations at each specified voltage node By default this parameter is set to 0 GND Notes Data is saved for all voltage nodes in the circuit only The three small signal calculations are e Gain Transfer Function the ration of the voltage at the specific Voltage Node in the circuit to the input source defined by the Source Name parameter e Input resistance measured at the input source defined by the Source Name parameter e Output resistance measured across the specific Voltage Node in the circuit and the node defined by the Reference Node parameter The simulation results are displayed on the Transfer Function tab of the Wav
334. put until the rise or fall slope limits are again exceeded The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Examples Consider the slew rate function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 e Pin2 negative input is connected to net GND e Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out e Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U2 e Rise Slope 2e7 e Fall Slope 2e7 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU2 Svd IN1 0 vd OUT 0 AU2SLEW sMODEL AUZCSLEW slew rise slope z2e tall slope Z2e7 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 172 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 1 000 0 500 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 2 500 3 000 l i 35 00u 37 50u 40 00u 42 50u 45 00u 47 50u 50 00u Time s clk1 clk2 V 10 00 9 000 8 000 7 000 6 000 5 000 4 000 3 000 2 000 4 000 0 000 35 00u 37 50u 40 00u 42 50u 45 00u 47 50u 50 00u Time s e 10 00 9 000 8 000 7 000 6 000 5 000 4 000 VY 3 000 2 000 1 000 0 000 35 00u 37 50u 40 00u 42 50u 45 00u 47 50u 50 00u Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e T
335. put value gt The netlist format could be entered using the following alternative entry DESIGNATOR 3 4 TABLE EXPR TABLE Values for the EXPR and TABLE parameters are again entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog The value for the TABLE parameter is specified in the form lt iTnputl gt lt ceutpucl gt lt inpuLt2 gt lt outputZ gt sss lt 1np tn gt lt oucputn gt POLY model Q DESIGNATOR 3 4 POLY dimension 1 2 coeffs The values for the dimension and coeffs parameters are entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog For an example of using a PSpice compatible expression based voltage controlled voltage source in a simulation refer to the example project EVALUE Prj PCB which can be found in the Examples Circuit Simulation PSpice Examples VCVS Value folder of the installation For an example of using a PSpice compatible lookup table based voltage controlled voltage source in a simulation refer to the example project TABLE Prj PCB which can be found in the Examples Circuit Simulation PSpice Examples VCVS Table folder of the installation For an example of using a PSpice compatible polynomial based voltage controlled voltage source in a simulation refer to the example project EPOLY Prj PCB which can be found in the Examples Circuit Simulation PSpice Examples Vcvs poly folder of the installation Initial Conditions Initial Condition So IC Model Kind In
336. r Simulation available from the following website hitp Iegwww epfl ch ekv model html Examples Vee ee We ao Fi 2 5 Consider the MOSFET in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 Drain is connected to net D e Pin2 Gate is connected to net G e Pin3 Source is connected to net s e The substrate node Bulk is connected to Pin3 the Source node e Designator is Q1 e The linked simulation model file is NMOS3 mdl If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist MOL DGS S NMOS3 k Models and Subcircuit 62 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference MODEL NMOS3 NMOS LEVEL 3 In this case there are no parameter values specified in the Sim Model dialog In the model file there is only the LEVEL parameter specified corresponding to the use of the MOS3 model The default values for all other parameters inherent to the model will be used PSpice Support Of the existing MOSFET device models the following are not supported with respect to PSpice compatibility e BSIM3 model version 2 0 For the other supported MOSFET device models many of the parameters that can be included in a linked model file are common to both Spice3f5 and PSpice Those that are supported can be found in the previous section Parameters definable within model file The following PSpice based parameters are
337. r the waveform The time specified for each successive point must be more positive than its predecessor If it is not the cycle will end excluding that and all successive points 96 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e You can define the waveform in an ASCII text file containing an indefinite number of points The file must be stored in the same location as the parent project file with the extension PWL The file is referenced by entering its name including extension in the Model Location region s In File field on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog The following criteria must be adhered to when defining the data in the file e Values must be entered in pairs a time position followed by an amplitude e The first character of each data line must be a plus sign and each line may contain up to 255 characters e Values must be separated by one or more spaces or tabs e Values may be entered in either scientific or engineering notation e Comment lines may be added by making the first character of the line an asterisk The following example illustrates the typical format for the content in a pw1 file x Random Noise Data FP OOOO 0e gt 0 6667 0 0078L6 3 0 60372 JOLI 07e W LL t O02 3446 3 0 lt 0056 Uses 25e 3 0 2386 U203906E 3 1g LAOS O Q4o6ee 3 1 6164 0 Jo4o9e gt 3 3136 O206250E 3 0934 The adjacent image shows an example waveform produced by a PWL voltage source con
338. r this analysis type is shown in the image below Noite Analysis Setup Parameter Value Noise Source Yin Start Frequency 1 000k Stop Frequency 1 000meg Sweep Type Linear Test Points 1000 Points Per Summary Oo Output Mode OUTPUT Reference Node 0 Total Test Points 1000 Parameters e Noise Source an independent voltage source in the circuit which is to be used as an input reference for the noise calculations TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 305 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Start Frequency the initial frequency for the range over which to perform the noise calculations in Hz e Stop Frequency the final frequency for the range over which to perform the noise calculations in Hz e Sweep Type defines how the test points are distributed over the defined frequency range The following three types are available Linear evenly spaced test points on a linear scale Decade evenly spaced test points per decade of a logo scale Octave evenly spaced test points per octave of a log2 scale e Test Points defines the number of points over the defined frequency range at which noise calculations will be performed e Points Per Summary allows you to control which noise measurement is performed Setting this parameter to 0 will cause input and output noise to be measured only Setting to a 1 will measure the noise contribution of each component in the circuit e Output Node the node in the circuit at which the total
339. racteristics e Pin1 anode is connected to net VIN e Pin2 cathode is connected to net Vhw e Designator is D1 e The linked simulation model file is 1N4002 mdl If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist D1 VIN VHW 1N4002 k Models and Subcircuit MODEL 1N4002 D IS 2 55E 9 RS 0 042 N 1 75 TT 5 76E 6 CJO 1 85E 11 VJ 0 75 M 0 333 BV 100 IBV 1E 5 and the SPICE engine would use the indicated parameter information defined in the model file along with default parameter values inherent to the model for those parameters not specified in the file If the following parameter values were specified on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog e Area Factor 3 e Initial Voltage 2 e Temperature 22 then the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist D1 VIN VHW 1N4002 3 IC 2 TEMP 22 Models and Subcircuit MODEL 1N4002 D IS 2 55E 9 RS 0 042 N 1 75 TT 5 76E 6 CJO 1 85E 11 VJ 0 75 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 35 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference M 0 333 BV 100 IBV 1E 5 In this case the SPICE engine would use this information in conjunction with the indicated parameters defined in the model file and any defaults for parameters not specified PSpice Support To make this device model compatible with PSpice the following additional model parameters are supported and can be entered into a linked model
340. rain source charge partition os selected e XPART 0 5 a 50 50 drain source charge partition os selected e XPART 1 a 40 60 drain source charge partition os selected If no value is specified for one of the following parameters it will be calculated e VTHO e K1 e K2 e CGSO e CGDO e CF e GAMMA e GAMMA2 e NCH e VBX For details of the calculations involved refer to the BSIM3v3 User Manual The following BSIM3 model parameters are not supported in Altium Designer JSSW side wall saturation current density TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 61 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference CGS1 light doped source gate region overlap capacitance CGD1 light doped drain gate region overlap capacitance VFB flat band volatge parameter EKV Related The EKV MOSFET model was developed by the Electronics Laboratory LEG of the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology EPFL The model used in Altium Designer is version 2 6 The following EKV model parameters are not supported in Altium Designer M or NP parallel multiple device number Nor NS series multiple device number AVTO area related threshold voltage mismatch parameter AKP area related gain mismatch parameter AGAMMA area related body effect mismatch parameter XQC charge capacitance model selector For more detailed information on model equations associated with the EKV MOSFET refer to the document The EPFL EKV MOSFET Model Equations fo
341. rameter values are specified on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog e The SPICE Netlist Template Format for this device is TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 293 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference QDESIGNATOR 1i1 21 31 lo 30 40 MODEL e The linked simulation model file is 74LS04 md1 with the following definition LS Hex Inverter type digital pkg DIP14 DYVC 14 7 DEND 77 Atl 2 Bs3 4 C1576 D798 Er1110 F 13712 MODEL 74LS04 xsimcode file MODEL PATH LS SCB func 1s04 mntymx Origin 4049 mod The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AUJA VCCSAD GNDSAD Q1SDV VCCSDA Q1SDV B3SDA 74LS04 Models and Suocircui ct MODEL 74LS04 xsimcode file C Program Files Altium Designer Library Sim LS SCB func 1s04 The SPICE engine is directed to use the compiled model for the device located in the file LS scb along the indicated path The particular SimCode function to use as there are possibly many more compiled device descriptions in this file is also given 1s04 As no parameter values were entered in the Sim Model dialog all parameters will be assigned their default values as specified in the SimCode source Simulation Analyses The various analyses that can be performed by the Simulator are defined in the Analyses Setup dialog This dialog through its General Setup page also allows you to specify the scope of the simulation and the signals to be automatical
342. rance the default tolerance to be observed for DC Sources The value is entered as a percentage Default 10 e Default Digital Tp Tolerance the default tolerance to be observed for Digital Tp propagation delay for digital devices The value is entered as a percentage Default 10 The tolerance is used to determine the allowable range of values that can be generated by the random number generator for a device For a device with nominal value Valnom the range can be expressed as ValNom Tolerance ValNom lt RANGE 2 ValNom Tolerance ValNom e Specific Tolerances this parameter shows how many specific tolerances are currently defined These are user defined tolerances that are applied to specific components in the circuit You can set up your own specific tolerances as required by clicking the button to the right of the field The Monte Carlo Specific Tolerances dialog will appear Specific tolerances that are defined will override the default tolerance settings Default 0 defined Defining Specific Tolerances Monte Carlo Specific Tolerances To define a new specific tolerance click the Add button Designator Parameter Tolerance TE Distribution Tolerance Tracking No Distribution at the bottom of the Monte Carlo Specific Tolerances gt SS SSS SS dialog A new row will be added In the Designator field choose the component that the specific tolerance is to apply to from the drop down list Incl
343. ransient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Hyperbolic Cosine of Voltage Differential Input H V G p B ie Q E COsSHVR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSHVR SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file COSHVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic cosine of Voltage SUBCKT COSHVR 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V COSH V 1 2 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 249 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference ENDS COSHVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSHVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 COSHVR Models and Subcircuit sOUBCKT COBHVER 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V COSH V 1 2 sBNDS COSHAVER The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit cde int in2 0 750 0 500 0 250 V 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 1 600 ae 1 500 1 400 1 300 1 200 1 100 1 000 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20
344. ransient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 100 0u e Transient Step Time set to 20 00n e Transient Max Step Time set to 20 00n Summer Summer Single Ended I O SUMI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SUM SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL PARAMS X OFFSET X OFFSET X OFFSET Y_OFFSET Y OFFSET Y_OFFSET X GAIN X GAIN X GAIN Y GAIN Y GAIN Y_ GAIN OUT_GAIN OUT_GAIN QOUT_GAIN 0UT_OFFSET OUT OFFSET OUT_ OFFSET Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog X_Offset X input offset Default 0 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 173 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Y_ Offset Y input offset Default 0 X_Gain X input gain Default 1 Y_Gain Y input gain Default 1 Out_Gain output gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a two input summer with offset and gain adjustment available on both inputs and output It takes the inputs and processes them to obtain the output result as follows e The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the X Offse
345. region width equals XT in Volts See BSIM3 Related notes doping depth in meters Default 1 55e 7 minimum channel length in meters Default 0 maximum channel length in meters Default 1 0 minimum channel width in meters Default 0 maximum channel width in meters Default 1 0 Bin unit scale selector Default 1 The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file when using the EKV model Process Related Parameters COX XJ DW DL gate oxide capacitance per unit area in F m Default 0 7e 3 junction depth in meters Default 0 1e 6 channel width correction in meters Default 0 channel length correction in meters Default 0 Basic Intrinsic Model Parameters VTO GAMMA PHI KP E0 EO UCRIT long channel threshold voltage in Volts Default 0 5 body effect parameter in V13 Default 1 0 bulk Fermi potential 2 in Volts Default 0 7 transconductance parameter in ANV Default 50 0e 6 mobility reduction coefficient in V m Default 1 0e12 longitudinal critical field in V m Default 2 0e6 Optional Parameters TOX 58 oxide thickness in meters TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference NSUB channel doping in cm VFB flat band voltage in Volts UO low field mobility in cm Vs VMAX saturation velocity in m s THETA
346. req Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog in_offset input offset Default 0 gain gain Default 1 num_coeff numerator polynomial coefficients Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least one value must be entered for the array den_coeff denominator polynomial coefficients Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least one value must be entered for the array int_ic integrator stage initial conditions Default 0 denormalized_freq denormalized corner frequency in radians This allows you to specify the coefficients for a normalized filter where the frequency of interest is 1 rad s and then move the corner frequency to the one of interest denormalizing the transfer function Default 1 Notes This model provides a single input single output transfer function in the Laplace transform variable s This function enables you to modulate the frequency domain characteristics of a signal The s domain transfer function you define must adhere to the following two restrictions e The degree of the numerator polynomial cannot exceed that of the denominator polynomial e All polynomial coefficients must
347. rface Display Driver IntLib e NSC Interface Line Transceiver IntLib e NSC Logic Arithmetic IntLib e NSC Logic Buffer Line Driver IntLib e NSC Logic Comparator ntLib e NSC Logic Counter IntLib e NSC Logic Decoder Demux IntLib e NSC Logic Flip Flop IntLib e NSC Logic Gate IntLib e NSC Logic Latch IntLib e NSC Logic Multiplexer IntLib e NSC Logic Parity Gen Check Detect IntLib e NSC Logic Register IntLib e NSC Operational Amplifier IntLib e NSC Power Mgt Voltage Regulator IntLib Panasonic e Panasonic Resistor IntLib Philips e Philips Discrete BJT Darlington IntLib e Philips Discrete BUT Lower Power I ntLib e Philips Discrete BUT Medium Power ntLib e Philips Discrete BJT RF Transistor IntLib e Philips Discrete Diode Schottky IntLib e Philips Discrete Diode Switching IntLib e Philips Discrete JFET IntLib e Philips Discrete MOSFET Lower Power ntLib 16 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 e Philips Discrete MOSFET Power IntLib Raltron Electronics e Raltron Crystal Oscillator IntLib ST Microelectronics e ST Discrete BJT IntLib e ST Interface Display Driver IntLib e ST Logic Arithmetic IntLib e ST Logic Buffer Line Driver IntLib e ST Logic Comparator IntLib e ST Logic Counter ntLib e ST Logic Decoder IntLib e ST Logic Flip Flop IntLib e ST Logic Gate I ntLib e ST Logic Latch IntLib e ST Logic Multiplexer IntLib e ST Logic Register IntLib e ST Operational Amplifier IntLib Te
348. rolled One Shot Controlled One Shot Single Ended I O OHESHOT clk Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name ONESHOT SPICE Netlist Template Format Q DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 DESTGNATOR ONESHOT MODEL DESIGNATOR ONESHOT oneshot cntl_array cntl array cntl array 2pw_array pw_array pw array clk trig clk trig clk trig pos edge trig pos edge trig pos edge trig out _low out_ low out_ Low rout high out high out high rise Time ras time Grise Cime rise delay rise delay rise delay fall delay fall delay fall delay tall Lime tall time rall timel j 116 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Clk_Trig clock trigger value Default 0 5 cntl_array control array Default 0 Fall_ Delay delay between receiving a valid trigger level and the output starting to fall from high value to low value Default 1 0e 9 Fall_Time output fall time Default 1 0e 9 Out_High output high value Default 1 Out_Low output low value Default 0 Pos_ Edge Trig positive TRUE negative FALSE e
349. ros Notes Pole Zero analysis works with resistors capacitors inductors linear controlled sources independent sources diodes BJTs MOSFETs and JFETs Transmission lines are not supported The method used in the analysis is a sub optimal numerical search For large circuits it may take a considerable time or fail to find all poles and zeros For some circuits the method becomes lost and finds an excessive number of poles or zeros If there is non convergence in finding both poles and Zeros refine the analysis to calculate only poles or only zeros The simulation results are displayed on the Pole Zero Analysis tab of the Waveform Analysis window Examples 1 Amplitude 1 Frequency 1K Transfer Function of V out V 0 V in V 0 in Volts Volt 7 500k pole_1 a pole_2 ere PIE x i Consider the circuit in the image above where a Pole Zero analysis is defined with the following parameter values 5 000k e Input Node IN e Input Reference Node 0 e Output Node OUT Imag 0 000k d e Output Reference Node 0 e Transfer Function Type V output V input 2 500k e Analysis Type Poles and Zeros The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses 5 000k Pa IN O OUT 0 VOL PZ x 7 500k and running the simulation will yield the output wave plot shown in the 3500 2500 adjacent image 150 0 50 00 Real rad sec Transfer Function Analysis Descri
350. rs FREQ Fundamental frequency anes Series resistance eC Parallel capacitance z0 Quality Factor CTS Color Burst alias XCRYSTAL FREQ 3 58EH6 RS 160 C 1 8E 11 pkg HC49 SUBCKT 3 5795MHZ 1 2 PARAMS FREQ 3 58E6 RS 160 C 1 8E 11 Q 1000 LX 1 3 O RS 6 2831852 FREQ IC 0 5M Cx 3 4 Orele TREBOR CO LL 2 1C RS 4 2 RS ENDS If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XYL N1 N2 3 5795MHZ Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT 3 5795MHZ 1 2 PARAMS FREQ 3 58E6 RS 160 C 1 8E 11 Q 1000 bX 1 3 4 0 RS 6 2031652 9REO IC 0 3M CX 3 4 1 1 1 0 6 2831852 FREO RS CO a 4c RS 4 2 RS 180 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference ENDS If the following overriding parameter values were specified on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog e FREQ 10MEGHz e Q 10000 then the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XY1 N1 N2 3 5795MHZ PARAMS FREQ 10MEGHz Q 10000 Models 2nd SubcircuLe SUBCKT 3 5795MHZ 1 2 PARAMS FREQ 3 58E6 RS 160 C 1 8E 11 Q 1000 LX 1 3 1 0 RS 6 2831 052 FREO TC 0 5M CX 3 4 1 17 06 2831852 FREO BS CO Ll 2 qc RS 4 2 RS ENDS In this case the Netlister will evaluate the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the values for FREQ and Q from the Sim Model dialog and the default values for RS and C as defin
351. rs Voltage sources are considered a DC short circuit current sources are considered a DC open circuit e Ensure that zeros have not been confused with the letter O when entering simulation parameters e Ensure that proper SPICE multipliers have been specified MEG instead of M for 1E 6 for any component values or simulation parameters Multipliers are not case sensitive Also spaces between values and multipliers are not allowed For example it should be 1 0uF not 1 0 uF e Make sure all devices and sources are set to their proper values e Make sure the gain of any dependent source is correctly set e Temporarily eliminate series capacitors or current sources and re run the simulation e Temporarily eliminate parallel inductors or voltage sources and re run the simulation e On the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog from the schematic select Design Simulate Mixed Sim then click the Advanced Options entry in the Analyses Options list increase the value of the ITL1 parameter to 300 This will allow the Operating Point analysis to go through more iterations before giving up e Add NS Nodeset devices to define the node voltages If the initial guess of a node voltage is way off the NS device can be used to predefine a starting voltage that is used for a preliminary pass of the operating point analysis e If the Nodeset device does not assist in convergence try defining the initial conditions by placing IC devices I
352. rs for the model are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist ICP 0 CP DC O PULSE 0O 5m O lu lu 500u 1000u AC 1 QO Sinusoidal Current Source ISIN Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Sinusoidal SPICE Prefix SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE SIN 0FFSET amp OFFSET 0 AMPLITUDE amp AMPLITUDE 1 FREQUENCY amp FREQUENCY 1K DELAY amp DELAY 0 DAMPING FACTOR amp DAMPING FACTOR 0 amp PHASE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE 84 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude AC Magnitude AC Phase Offset Amplitude Frequency Delay Damping Factor Phase Notes DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 DC offset current of the signal generator in Amps Default 0 peak amplitude of the sinusoid in Amps Default 1
353. rt of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Natu uraL logarithm of Current SUBCKT INI 1 234 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I LN I VX ENDS LNI Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LOGI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN O OUT O LNI Models and Subeireuie SUBCKT INI 1 23 4 Vx 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I LN I VX TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 265 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference ENDS GONI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000m ritil 0 250m A 0 000m 0 250m 0 500m 0 750m 1 000m 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 5 000 4 ra 6 000 7 000 8 000 A 9 000 10 00 11 00 12 00 13 00 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Natural Logarithm of Voltage Single Ended Input E LNY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name LNV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNAT
354. rter e Fuse e Relay e Transformer Equivalent Circuit Model e Voltage Controlled Sine Wave Oscillator e Voltage Controlled Square Wave Oscillator e Voltage Controlled Triangle Wave Oscillator Notes The SPICE prefix for theses models is X Many of the component libraries Int Lib that come with the installation feature simulation ready devices These devices have the necessary model or sub circuit file included and linked to the schematic component These are pure SPICE models for maximum compatibility with analog simulators Crystal Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL PARAMS FREQ FREQ FREQ RS RS RS C C C 0 O 0Q Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog FREQ the nominal output frequency of the crystal in Hertz RS the resistance exhibited by the crystal at the series resonant frequency in Ohms C shunt capacitance in Farads This value is the combination of the capacitance due to the electrodes on the crystal plate and stray capacitances arising from the crystal holder enclosure Q the quality factor of the equivalent elec
355. running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 0750 0 500 0 250 int in2 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 __ 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 800 0m 700 0m sinsq 600 0m 500 0m 400 0m 300 0m 200 0m 100 0m a 0 000m Ly 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 5 cossq 2 0 200 L 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s 1 0003 Tot 1 0002 1 0001 1 0000 Ee a a eee ee ee 0 9999 l l 0 000m 5 000m 10 00m 15 00m 20 00m 25 00m 30 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u 264 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Natural Logarithm Base e Natural Logarithm of Current T Q E Bo I g E LHI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name LNI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The content of the sub circuit file LNI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as pa
356. ry returns a manageable 57 components as illustrated by the following image TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 19 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Libraries Search LibReference Like 1N4 And HasModel SIM FALSE And LibraryName Like Motorola IntLib Or LibraryName Like NSC IntLib Options Search type Components v Clear existing query Scope Path Available libraries Path M FILESSALTIUM DESIGNER 6 Library a Include Subdirectories Libraries on path Refine last search Libraries v Query Results vor Component Na Description Library aE 1N4574 Low Leakage Diode NSC Discrete Rectifier IntLib if 1N458 Low Leakage Diode NSC Discrete Rectifier IntLib JE 1N4584 Low Leakage Diode NSC Discrete Rectifier IntLib iF 1N459 Low Leakage Diode NSC Discrete Rectifier IntLib F 1N4594 Low Leakage Diode NSC Discrete Rectifier IntLib B4 1N47284 One Watt Hermetically Sealed Glass Silicon z Motorola Discrete Diode IntLib F 1N47294 One Watt Hermetically Sealed Glass Silicon z Motorola Discrete Diode IntLib iE 1N47304 One Watt Hermetically Sealed Glass Silicon 2 Motorola Discrete Diode IntLib TE IN47314 One Watt Hermetically Sealed Glass Silicon 2 Motorola Discrete Diode IntLib F 1N47324 One Watt Hermetically Sealed Glass Silicon z Motorola Discrete Diode IntLib F 1N47334 One Watt Hermetica
357. s M m MA MSec and MMhos all represent the same scale factor 10 3 In each case the letters after the first m are ignored 1000 1000 0 1000HZz 1e3 1 0e3 1KHz and 1K all represent the same number 1000 Simulation ready Components Quick Reference Within the vast array of integrated libraries supplied as part of the Altium Designer installation a great number of schematic components are simulation ready This means they have a linked simulation model and are ready with default parameters to be placed on a schematic sheet with a view to circuit simulation using the Altium Designer based Mixed Signal Simulator Simulation ready schematic components fall into two categories those supplied specifically for simulation or as part of a generic default set of such components and those that are part of integrated libraries supplied by a specific manufacturer The following sections provide a full listing of the non manufacturer specific simulation ready schematic components that are supplied as part of the installation Simulation Sources The following schematic components can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Prefix epa _ Initial Condition ControlStatement Not Required Node NodeSet ControlStatement Not Required E Non Linear Dependent Current NLDS Not Required Source BVSRC Non Linear Dependent Voltage NLDS Not Required Source ISFFM Frequency Modulated
358. s sub threshold slope coefficient sens of sub threshold slope to substrate bias sens of sub threshold slope to drain bias drain and source diffusion sheet resistance in Ohms source drain junction current density in A m built in potential of source drain junction in Volts TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 MJ PBSW MJSW CJ CJSW WDF DELL Simulation Models and Analyses Reference grading coefficient of source drain junction built in potential of source drain junction sidewall in Volts grading coefficient of source drain junction sidewall source drain junction capacitance per unit area in F m source drain junction sidewall capacitance per unit length in F m source drain junction default width in meters source drain junction length reduction in meters The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file when using the BSIM3 model LEVEL MOBMOD CAPMOD NQSMOD NOIMOD VTHO K1 K2 K3 K3B WO NLX VBM DVTO DVT1 DVT2 DVTOW DVT1W DVT2W U0 UA UB UC VSAT AQ AGS BO model index Default 1 mobility model selector Default 1 flag for the short channel capacitance model Default 2 flag for NQS model Default 0 flag for noise model Default 1 threshold voltage at Vss 0 for Large L in Volts Default 0 7 NMOS 0 7 PMOS See BSIM3 Related notes first order body effect coefficient in VA Default 0 5
359. s the value expressed in radians Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN O OUT O ACOSI 206 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 1 000 fi 0 750 0 500 0 250 A 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 FLU Lj i Poti 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 3 500 on 3 000 2 500 2 000 A 1 500 1 000 0 500 i 0 000 0 500 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s Models and Supcircuicr soUBCKT ACOSI L1 23a 4 Vx 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ACOS I VX ENDS ACOSI Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Arc Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input P OY G D ACOSY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ACOSV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 207 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Par
360. set fitting parameter from C V in meters Default LINT width offset fitting parameter from C V in meters Default WINT Elmore constant of the channel Default 5 coefficient of length dependence for width offset in m Default 0 power of length dependence for width offset Default 1 0 coefficient of width dependence for width offset in m Default 0 power of width dependence for width offset Default 1 0 coefficient of length and width cross term for width offset in m Default 0 coefficient of length dependence for length offset in m Default 0 power of length dependence for length offset Default 1 0 coefficient of width dependence for length offset in m Default 0 power of width dependence for length offset Default 1 0 coefficient of length and width cross term for length offset in m HY Default 0 parameter measurement temperature in C If no value is specified the default value assigned to TNOM on the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog will be used Default 27 mobility temperature exponent Default 1 5 temperature coefficient for threshold voltage in Volts Default 0 11 channel length dependence of the temperature coefficient for threshold voltage in V m Default 0 body bias coefficient of Vth temperature effect Default 0 022 temperature coefficient for UA in m V Default
361. sfer function and related coefficients directly for the frequency of interest In this case the denormalization freq parameter can be left blank as the default value of 1 rad s will be used Truncation error checking is an inherent part of the model If truncation errors become excessive the model uses smaller time increments between simulation data points therefore providing for a more accurate simulation Examples Consider the s domain transfer function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin in is connected to net In e Pin2 out is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e num_coeff 1 e den coeff 1 0 937 1 689 0 974 0 581 0 123 e intic 0 00000 e denormalized_ freq 18849 5559 rads s 8kHz e All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The transfer function represented by the model is that of a normalized 5th order Chebychev lowpass filter with passband ripple of 1dB The value entered in the denormalized_ freq parameter will move the corner frequency to 3kHz from the normalized 1 rad s or 159mHz The normalized transfer function for the filter is 1 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 165 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference CS oo 15 0 9378 1 689s 0 974s 0 581s 0 123 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1L IN OUT AUILSXFER MODEL AULSAPER xfer num coeri 1 Uel2o Int 1c 0 0 U 0 0 0 denormalized ireg
362. signal s waveform e g Summing sinusoids to form a square wave Notes If the Set Defaults button on the page is pressed the Fourier based parameters will be calculated as follows Fundamental Frequency 1 Transient Stop Time Default Cycles Displayed Number of Harmonics 10 Upon running the simulation a file will be generated ProjectName sim written to the output folder for the project and opened as the active document in the main design window This file contains detailed information on the magnitude and phase of each harmonic in the Fourier analysis for each of the signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog You must enable the Transient Fourier Analysis option in the Analyses Options list of the Analyses Setup dialog in order to perform a Fourier analysis The simulation results are displayed on the Fourier Analysis tab of the Waveform Analysis window Examples TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 299 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Consider the circuit in the image above where a Transient analysis is defined with the following parameter values e Transient Start Time 0 000 e Transient Stop Time 5 000m e Transient Step Time 20 00u e Transient Max Step Time 20 00u e Default Cycles Displayed 5 e Default Points Per Cycle 50 e Use Initial Conditions and Use Transient Defaults parameters are both disabled and a Fourier analysis is enabled and defined with
363. sis failure try setting e ABSTOL RELTOL lowest current magnitude in the circuit e VNTOL RELTOL lowest voltage magnitude in the circuit Raising the value of GMIN may help with convergence but decreases accuracy ITL1 may need to be raised as high as 500 for many circuits ITL2 may need to be raised as high as 200 for some circuits ITL3 is not implemented in SPICES It is provided for compatibility in creating SPICE2 netlists Raising ITL4 to 100 or more may help to eliminate timestep too small errors improving both convergence and speed ITL5 is not implemented in SPICES It is provided for compatibility in creating SPICE2 netlists Enabling the KEEPOPINFO option is useful if the circuit is large and you do not want to run a redundant Operating Point Analysis In the numerical pivoting algorithm the allowed min pivot is determined by EPSREL AMAX1 PIVREL MAXVAL PIVTOL where MAXVAL is the max element in the column where a pivot is sought partial pivoting With respect to the RELTOL option larger values mean faster simulation time but less accuracy TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 323 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Simulation Troubleshooting When a circuit will not simulate you must identify if the problem is in the circuit or the process of simulation Follow the information contained in this section of the reference and work through the suggested points trying one at a time Sometimes during a simula
364. source e Secondary Step specifies the incremental value to use over the defined sweep range Notes The primary source is required and the secondary source is optional The Primary Source and Secondary Name parameters are chosen from drop down lists containing all power and excitation sources in the circuit Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The simulation results are displayed on the DC Sweep tab of the Waveform Analysis window Examples VEC VEE Consider the circuit in the image above where a DC Sweep analysis is defined with the following parameter values e Primary Source Vin e Primary Start 700 0m e Primary Stop 1 500 e Primary Step 20 00m TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 301 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Secondary Name v1 e Secondary Start 10 00 e Secondary Stop 15 00 e Secondary Step 1 000 The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses DC VIN 0 l 0 02 Vi 10 15 1 and running the simulation will yield the output waveform shown in the adjacent image 13 00 output 12 00 11 00 VY 10 00 9 000 8 000 7 000 1 500 1 300 1 100 0 900 0 700 vin V9 AC Small Signal Analysis Description An AC Small Signal analysis generates output that shows the frequency response of the circuit calculating the small signal AC output variables as a function of frequency
365. sponding input value in the x array and then the y array value that this is paired with is used for the output signal For values of the input signal that are smaller than the first element value of x array and greater than that of the last the function uses the lowest and highest two coordinate pairs respectively and extends the slope between each The function is therefore perfectly linear before the first coordinate and after the last coordinate specified by the arrays The PWL function does not have inherent output limiting Care should therefore be taken as it is quite possible to end up with excessively large or small outputs for larger values of input The use of the smoothing domain around each coordinate point in the defined PWL waveform reduces the possibility of non convergence Inherent checking of the value entered for the input domain parameter is carried out by the model so that overlap of smoothing domains does not result from too high a value being specified Care should be taken when using the smoothing domain as a fractional value fraction TRUE as excessive smoothing can result if the coordinates specified in the x_ array and y array parameters are inappropriate The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Examples ap FWL El O PWL 1E Consider the PWL function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 input is connected to net In e Pin2 output
366. sub circuit file is TRIVCO ckt with the following content Voltage Controlled Triangular Wave Oscillator LOW Peak output low value HIGH Peak output high value CYCLE Duty cycle ull Input control voltage point 1 C2 Input control voltage point 2 eS Input control voltage point 3 me Input control voltage point 4 194 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference oo Input control voltage point 5 PI Output frequency point 1 E E2 Output frequency point 2 X P3 Output frequency point 3 F4 Output frequency point 4 mS Output frequency point 5 x Connections Int x In x Out i T L Outs 7 I tot SUBCKT TRIVCO 1 2 3 4 PARAMS C1 0 C2 1 C3 2 C4 3 C5 4 F1 0 F2 1k F3 2k F4 3k F5 4k LOW 5 HIGH 5 CYCLE 0 5 Al Svd 1 2 svd 3 4 ATRIVCO sMODEL ATRIVYCO triangle entl erray 1Cl C2 C3 104 1053F Treg arrays EL AF2 tho P4 EFE3 oul Low LOW t our high HIGH duty cycle s CYCLE ENDS TRIVCO If no overriding values for the parameters are entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist KVL IN O OUT O TRIVCO Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT TRIVCO 1 2 3 4 PARAMS C1 0 C2 1 C3 2 C4 3 C5 4 F1 0 F2 1k F3 2k F4 3k F5 4k LOW 5 HIGH 5 CYCLE 0 5 Al vd 1 2 Svd 3 4 ATRIVCO MODED ATRIVCO triengle entl array iCl 027 Cor 704 7C5 freg array i Flt F2 F
367. subthreshold DIBL effect in 1 V Default 0 07 DIBL coefficient exponent in subthreshold region Default DROUT interface trap capacitance in F m Default 0 Drain Source to channel coupling capacitance in F m Default 2 4e 4 body bias sensitivity of CDSC in F Vm Default 0 Drain bias sensitivity of CDSC in F Vm Default 0 channel length modulation parameter Default 1 3 first output resistance DIBL effect correction parameter Default 0 39 second output resistance DIBL effect correction parameter Default 0 0086 body effect coefficient of DIBL correction parameters in 1 V Default 0 L dependence coefficient of the DIBL correction parameter in Rout Default 0 56 first substrate current body effect parameter in V m Default 4 24e8 second substrate current body effect parameter in m V Default 1 0e 5 gate dependence of Early voltage Default 0 Effective Vds parameter in Volts Default 0 01 poly gate doping concentration in cm Default 0 the first parameter of impact ionization current in m V Default 0 the second parameter of impact ionization current in Volts Default 30 source drain sheet resistance in Q square Default 0 source drain junction saturation current per unit area in Alm Default 1 0e 4 charge partitioning rate flag Default 0 non LDD region source gate overlap capacitance per channel length
368. suvea x suave sitraon ators ones suave suave x ra firan pra iran o raw eno stage eases aw Tawa x Tawa Tamerica atenano r rawa x n ienas Joa wenn uma wrens onoo ongea unan unaRwae x uman wrens onoo areenaa unar onare x Simulation Special Functions The following schematic components can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix CLIMITER Controlled Limiter single ended current or CLIMIT Not Required voltage I O CLIMITERR Controlled Limiter differential current or voltage CLIMIT Not Required I O XxX Xx Mi XIXI K K K XI XI XK X X CMETER Capacitance meter single ended current or CMETER Not Required A voltage I O CMETERR Capacitance meter differential current or CMETER Not Required A voltage I O Differentiator block single ended current or Not Required e I O Differentiator block differential current or Not Required 6 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix DIVIDE Two quadrant divider single ended current or DIVIDE Not Required voltage I O DIVIDER Two quadrant divider differential current or DIVIDE Not Required a I O z Tov Frequency to Voltage converter to Voltage converter FTOV FTOV ckt GAIN Simple gain block with opti
369. t Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Hyperbolic Arc Tangent of Voltage Single Ended Input ATANHY Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANHV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ATANHV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc tangent of Voltage TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 243 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SUBCKT ATANHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ATANH V 1 ENDS ATANHV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples ATANHY Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANHV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ATANHV Models and Subcircuir SUBCKT ATANHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ATANH V 1 ENDS ATANHV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 1 000 i In 0 750 0 500 0 250 v 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 l l l 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 5 000 maa
370. t and Y Offset parameters e The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for gain specified in the respective X Gain and Y Gain parameters e The resulting values are summed e The result is then multiplied by the value specified for the Out_ Gain parameter e The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_ Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output X X_Offset X_Gain Y Y_Offset Y_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset The input signals can be either single ended current or single ended voltage signals The built in XSpice summer function can take two or more inputs with no upper limit on the number of inputs considered This particular 2 input version is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax Within the sub circuit definition the XSpice summer model is called and the parameters of the sub circuit file parsed to this model Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the supplied 2 input summer open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line Examples Consider the summer in the above ima
371. th this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Subrtact Voltages sSUBCKT SUBV J 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 sBNDS SUBV Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SUBV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 VIN1 VIN2 OUT SUBV Modele and Supcircuit SUBCKT SUBV 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS SUBV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 280 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 5 000 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 000 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m Time s 14 00 13 00 12 00 11 00 10 00 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m Time s 5 000 6 000 7 000 8 000 9 000 10 00 11 00 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m Time s vini 50 00m vin2 50 00m out 50 00m Simulation Models and Analyses Reference In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Subtraction of Voltages Differential Inputs Model Kind Ge
372. the Component Properties dialog Initial Condition the starting point for the switch either open OFF or closed ON TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 65 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the associated model file VT threshold voltage in Volts Default 0 VH hysteresis voltage in Volts Default 0 RON ON resistance in Ohms Default 1 ROFF OFF resistance in Ohms Default 1 GMIN GMIN is an advanced SPICE option that sets the minimum conductance maximum resistance of any device in the circuit It is specified on the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog and its default value is 1 0e 12 mhos Notes The model allows an almost ideal switch to be described With careful selection of the ON and OFF resistances they can effectively be seen as zero and infinity respectively in comparison with other elements in the circuit The use of an ideal highly non linear element such as a switch can cause large discontinuities to occur in the circuit node voltages The rapid state change caused by opening and closing a switch can cause numerical round off or tolerance problems leading to time step difficulties or erroneous results When using switches take the following precautions e Set switch impedances RON and ROFF just high or low enough to be negligible with respect to other elements
373. the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line Examples IH L PI D1 O VoM IsDB10 1OTO1 Consider the transformer in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 Pri is connected to net IN e Pin2 Pri is connected to net GND e Pin3 Sect is connected to A e Pin4 Sec is connected to net Cc e Designator is TF1 e The linked simulation sub circuit file is 10TO1 ckt with the following content kTransformer Subcircuit Parameters RATIO Turns ratio Secondary Primary RP Primary DC resistance RG Secondary DC resistance LEAK Leakage inductance MAG Magnetizing inductance 10 1 Transformer Connections Prit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 187 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Pri Sect lil J Sec SUBCKT 10TO1 1 2 3 4 PARAMS RATIO 0 1 RP 0 1 RS 0 1 LEAK 1lu MAG 1lu VISRC 9 4 DG OV FCTRL 6 2 VISRC RATIO EVCVS 8 9 5 2 RATIO RPRI 1 7 RP RGEC 6 3 4Ro LLEAK 7 5 LEAK LMAGNET 6 5 MAG ENDS 10TO1 If no overriding parameters for the model are specified on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog then the default values listed in the sub circuit definition will be used and the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XTF1 IN 0 A C 10TO1 Models lt SUBCKT Vion PCTRL 9 6 EVCVS 8 RPRI J RSEC 6 LLEAK 7 LMAGNET and Subcircurt
374. the output will begin to smooth out at 0 9 V When the Limit Range is specified as a fractional value Fraction parameter set to TRUE it is expressed as the calculated fraction of the difference between Out Upper Limit and Out Lower Limit Examples LIMITERR Consider the limiter in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 e Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 e Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out e Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e Gain 3 e Out_Lower_Limit 15v e Out Upper Limit 15v e All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN1 IN2 vd OUT 0 AUILIMIT MODEL AULUIMIT limit Gain 3s out lower limit 15 out upper timat l5 4 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 153 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 10 00 7 500 5 000 2 500 0 000 2 500 5 000 7 500 10 00 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s int v 2 000 1 500 1 000 0 500 0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m E Time s 15 00 10 00 5 000 v 0 000 5 000 10 00 15 00 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time
375. the parameter values e Fourier Fundamental Frequency 1 000k e Fourier Number of Harmonics 10 The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses TRAN ZE 9 0 005 0 2BE 3 SET NFREQS 10 FOUR 1000 VIn p Vin branch RL p RL i OUT IN The following parameter values are set for the Square Voltage Controlled Oscillator e Low 0Vv e High 1V e F1 1KHz The following images show the results of the simulation The first two plots adjacent show waveforms from the Transient analysis of the circuit while the subsequent plots below show the results of Fourier analysis The square wave whose fundamental frequency is 1kKHz is broken down into sinusoids with frequencies that are odd multiples of this frequency odd harmonics as shown in the third plot 1kHz 3kHz 5kHz 7KHz etc and with amplitudes that decrease with each subsequent harmonic 800 0m 1 000 i out 0 750 eel 600 0m 0 500 500 0m 0 250 VY 400 0m Vv 0 000 300 0m 0 250 200 0m 0 500 100 0m 0 750 1 000 0 000m 1 000m 1 000 0 900 0 600 0 700 0 600 0 500 0 400 0 300 0 200 0 100 0 000 0 000m 1 000m 2 000m 3 000m 4 000m 5 000m Time s out 2 000m 3 000m 4 000m 5 000m Time s DC Sweep Analysis Description V 0 000m 0 000k 2 000k 1 000 0 900 0 800 0 700 0 600 0 500 0 400 0 300 0 200 0 100 0 000 0 000k 2 000k 4 000k 6 000k 8 000k Frequency Hz 4 000k 6 000k 3 000k
376. the specified frequency Port 1 Voltage time zero voltage at port 1 of the transmission line in Volts Port 1 Current time zero current at port 1 of the transmission line in Amps Port 2 Voltage time zero voltage at port 2 of the transmission line in Volts Port 2 Current time zero current at port 2 of the transmission line in Amps Notes The length of the line must be expressed in one of the following two ways e the Transmission Delay is specified directly eg TD 10ns e avalue for the Frequency is specified together with a value for the Normalised Length If a value for Frequency is specified but a value for the Normalised Length Is omitted then 0 25 is assumed that is the frequency is assumed to be the quarter wave frequency The values for Port 1 and Port 2 Initial Voltages and Currents only apply if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The simulation ready lossless transmission line component LLTRA can be found in the Simulation Transmission Line integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Transmission Line IntLib Examples Comment LLTRA Char Impedance 50 Transmission Delay 20ns Consider the lossless transmission line in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive node of Port 1 is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative node of Port 1 is connected to net GND e Pin3 positive node of
377. thly between R Out Source and R Out Sink under the following condition R_Out_Domain lt Veg Vout gt R_Out_Domain 122 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Vpos Vneg SV 5V ILIMIT Consider the current limiter in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin in is connected to net In e Pin2 pos_pwr is connected to net 5v e Pin3 neg_pwr is connected to net 5v e Pin4 out is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e Gain 2 e Limit Source 10mA e _Limit_Sink 10mA e All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AUL IN 5V 5V OUT AULILIMIT MODEL AULILIMIT ilimit gain 2 L Limit s0urce L0M i Jimin sink l0m The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 100 0u e Transient Step Time set to 20 00n e Transient Max Step Time set to 20 00n TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 123 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 6 200 6 100 gt 6 000 5 900 5 800 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s 5 200 ae 5 100 gt 5 000 4 900 4 800 0 000u 20 00
378. tion Sources IntLib TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 85 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Consider the sinusoidal voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net GND e Pin2 negative is connected to net INPUT e Designator is Iin e Amplitude 1m e Frequency 10k e All other parameters for the model are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Tin O INPUT DC O SIN O 1m 10K 0 0 0 AC 1 Q Voltage Controlled Current Source Gah Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Voltage Controlled SPICE Prefix G SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 3 4 1 2 GAIN Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain transconductance of the source in mhos Notes This source produces a current at the output terminals that is a linear function of the voltage at the input terminals dependant on the transconductance of the source The characteristic equation for this source is i gv where 86 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference g is the transconductance The si
379. tion a message will be displayed reporting errors or warnings These messages are listed in the Messages panel Warning Messages Warning messages are not fatal to the simulation They generally provide information about changes that SPICE had to make to the circuit in order to complete the simulation These include invalid or missing parameters and so on Digital SimCode warnings may include information such as timing violations tsetup thold trec tw etc or significant drops in power supply voltage on digital components Valid simulation results are normally generated even if warnings are reported Error Messages Error messages provide information about problems that SPICE could not resolve and were fatal to the simulation Error messages indicate that simulation results could not be generated so they must be corrected before you will be able to analyze the circuit Troubleshooting netlist generation failure When you run a simulation the first thing that happens is the circuit is analyzed and a SPICE netlist is generated This netlist is then passed to the SPICE engine which simulates the circuit and generates the results Any errors that are detected during netlisting are listed in the Messages panel Likely causes of netlisting errors include e Acomponent in the schematic source document s not containing simulation information To check if a component is suitable for simulation double click on the component in the schematic to
380. tion fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog X_array x element array Enter a list of progressively increasing values using spaces as separators At TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 159 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference least two values must be entered for the array y_array y element array Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least two values must be entered for the array input_domain input smoothing domain Enter a value in the range 1 0e 12 to 0 5 Default 0 01 fraction used to control whether the smoothing domain is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default TRUE Notes The function of this model is to take the input signal and provide an output that is dependent on a piece wise linear waveform as defined by coordinate values specified in the x array and y array parameters The x array parameter values are input coordinate points progressively increasing while the y array parameter values represent the corresponding outputs at those points You could think of the function as being analogous to a look up table where the input signal amplitude is mapped to the corre
381. to 10 00 e Stop Frequency set to 100 0k e Sweep Type set to Decade e Test Points set to 500 620 0m 610 0m 600 0m e 590 0m 580 0m ini in2 10 00 100 0 1 000k 10 00k 100 0k Frequency Hz 600 0m 500 0m 400 0m 300 0m 200 0m 100 0m 0 000m out 10 00 100 0 1 000k 10 00k 100 0k Frequency Hz By plotting the magnitude response in dBs the corner frequency can be seen more clearly TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 169 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Slew Rate Slew Rate Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name SLEW SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR SLEW MODEL DESIGNATOR SLEW slew rise slope rise slope rise slope fall slope fall slope fall slope Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Rise_Slope maximum rising slope value Default 1 0e9 Fall Slope maximum falling slope value Default 1 0e9 Notes This model provides a simple slew rate feature that limits the absolute rising and falling slope of the output with respect to time to a defined value The values for t
382. to step over the discontinuity Making the steps smaller on the other hand will allow the simulation to resolve rapid voltage transition discontinuities Disable the DC Sweep analysis Some problems such as hysteresis cannot be resolved by DC analysis In such cases it is more effective to use the Transient analysis and ramp the values of the appropriate power sources Transient Analysis troubleshooting When you have a problem with a Transient analysis first try the steps listed in the General simulation convergence troubleshooting section If you still encounter problems try the following On the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog from the schematic select Design Simulate Mixed Sim then click the Advanced Options entry in the Analyses Options list Set the RELTOL parameter to 0 01 By increasing the tolerance from its default of 0 001 0 1 accuracy fewer iterations will be required to converge on a solution and the simulation will complete much more quickly Increase the value of the ITL4 parameter to 100 This will allow the Transient analysis to go through more iterations for each timestep before giving up Raising this value may help to eliminate timestep too small errors improving both convergence and simulation speed Reduce the accuracy by increasing the values of ABSTOL and VNTOL if current voltage levels allow Your particular circuit may not require resolutions down to 1uV or 1pA You should howe
383. tput frequency point 5 x Connections In In x i I OuUt i ti il ues i I tot SUBCKT SQRVCO 1 2 3 4 PARAMS C1 0 C2 1 C3 2 C4 3 C5 4 F1 0 F2 1k F3 2k F4 3k F5 4k LOW 0 HIGH 5 CYCLE 0 5 RISE lu FALL 1lu Al svd 1 2 svd 3 4 ASQRVCO 192 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference sMODEL ASORVCO squarc cntl array Cl 4C2 Ca 04 Co freg arrays F1 F2 1Fo F4 PF3 out low LOW Out Nigh HIGH duty cycle CYCLE rise tCime RISE tall tims FALL ENDS SQRVCO If no overriding values for the parameters are entered on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XV1 IN 0 OUT O SQRVCO Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SQRVCO 1 2 3 4 PARAMS C1 0 C2 1 C3 2 C4 3 C5 4 F1 0 F2 1k F3 2k F4 3k F5 4k LOW 0 HIGH 5 CYCLE 0 5 RISE lu FALL 1lu Al Svd 1 2 vd 3 4 ASQRVCO sMODEL ASORVCO equere cntl earray Cl C2 Ca C4 C9 freg aerray iFfl fz F3 464 Fo out low LOW out highs HIGH duty cycle CYCLES rice Lime Rise tall time PAG ENDS SORVCO The Netlister will evaluate the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the default parameter values as defined in the SQRVCO ckt file Voltage Controlled Triangle Wave Oscillator VEO in Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix x SPICE Netlist Template Format QDESIGNATOR 1 2
384. transition to zero The I Sink Range parameter is used to define the current level below I Limit Sink beyond which smoothing is applied This value also determines the current increment below lout 0 at which the current through the neg_pwr pins begins to transition to zero The R Out Domain parameter is used to specify the incremental value above and below Veq Vout 0 at which Rout will be set to R Out Source orR Out Sink respectively Rout will be interpolated smoothly between R Out Source and R Out Sink under the following condition R_Out_Domain lt Veg Vout gt R_Out_Domain TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 125 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples Vpospwrt Vpospwr Vnegpwrt Vnegpwr Vuppos Vupneg Vlowpos Viowneg 6V 1V 6V 1 Consider the current limiter in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 e Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 e Pin3 positive pos pwr input is connected to net Vpospwr e Pin4 negative pos_pwr input is connected to net Vpospwr e Pind positive neg_pwr input is connected to net Vnegpwr e Pin6 negative neg_pwr input is connected to net Vnegpwr e pin7 positive output is connected to net Out e Pin8 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e Gain 2 e Limit Source 3mA e Limit Sink 3mA e All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values
385. trical circuit model for the crystal This essentially is the ratio of energy stored to energy dissipated for the circuit and can be further defined as the ratio of the reactance series motional inductance and capacitance to the series resistance at the resonant frequency TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 179 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes A crystal is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of a crystal open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line Examples a 4 5795 MHZ C 22pF 22pF Consider the crystal in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 is connected to net N1 e Pin2 is connected to net N2 e Designator is Y1 e The linked simulation sub circuit file is 3 5795MHz ckt with the following content Crystal Subcircuit Paramete
386. ttky Rectifier 10TQ035 10TQ035 mdl D 10TQ035 Diode Schottky Rectifier 10TQ040 10TQ040 mdl 10TQ040 Diode Schottky Rectifier 10TQ045 10TQ045 mdl 10TQ045 Diode Schottky Rectifier 11DQ03 11DQ03 mdl 11DQ03 Diode Schottky Rectifier 18TQ045 18TQ045 mdl 18TQ045 Diode BAS16 Silicon Switching Diode for High Speed BAS16 BAS16 ckt X Switching Diode BAS21 Silicon Switching Diode for High Speed BAS21 BAS21 mdl High Voltage Switching Diode BAS70 Silicon AF Schottky Diode for High Speed BAS70 BAS70 mdl Switching Diode Silicon Low Leakage Diode BAS116 BAS116 mdl BAS116 Diode BAT 17 Silicon RF Schottky Diode for Mixer BAT17 BAT17 mdl Applications in the VHF UHF u Diode BAT18 BAT18 Low Loss RF Low Loss RF Switching Diode Diode BAT18 BAT18 mdl Diode BBY31 SOT23 Silicon Planar Variable Capacitance BBY31 BBY31 mdl Diode Diode BBY40 SOT23 Silicon Planar Variable Capacitance BBY40 BBY40 mdl Diode Dpy 16 Seg 13 7mm Gray Surface As AllnGaP Red HDSP_A27C HDSP_A27C ckt Alphanumeric Co To a 2 Character CC D a a taeiatieenioae Diode Tunnel Diode RLC Model Model DTUNNEL1 DTUNNEL1 ckt D DTunnel2 Tunnel Diode Tunnel Diode Dependent Source Model Source Model DTUNNEL2 DTUNNEL2 ckt Dpy Amber 7 62mm Black Surface Orange 7 Segment HDSP_A211 HDSP_A211 ckt CA Display CA RH DP Dpy Amber 7 62mm Black Surface Orange 7 Segment HDSP_A213 HDSP_A213 ckt CC Display CC RH DP Dpy Blue CA 14 2mm General Purpose Blue 7 Segment HDS
387. ture 24 then the entries in the SPICE netlist would be k Schematic Netlist TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 45 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Q1 C 0 E 2N3904 3 OFF TEMP 24 Models and Subcircuit MODEL 2N3904 NPN IS 1 4E 14 BF 300 VAF 100 IKF 0 025 ISH 3E 13 BR 7 5 RC 2 4 CJE 4 5E 12 TF 4E 10 CJC 3 5E 12 TR 2 1E 8 XTB 1 5 KF 9E 16 In this case the SPICE engine would use this information in conjunction with the indicated parameters defined in the model file and any defaults for parameters not specified PSpice Support Many of the parameters that can be included in a linked model file for this type of device are common to both Spice3f5 and PSpice Those that are supported can be found in the previous section Parameters definable within model file The following PSpice based parameters are not supported for this device type CN D GAMMA ISS NK NS QCO QUASIMOD RCO TRB1 TRB2 TRC1 TRC2 TRE1 TRE2 TRM1 TRM2 VG VO XCJC2 XCJS quasi saturation temperature coefficient for hole mobility quasi saturation temperature coefficient for scattering limited hole carrier velocity epitaxial region doping factor substrate p n saturation current high current roll off coefficient substrate p n emission coefficient epitaxial region charge factor quasi saturation model flag for temperature dependence epitaxial region resistance RB temperature coefficient linear RB temperature coefficient q
388. u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s JAL vout branch 100m T 5 000m 4 900m 4 300m t 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s 2000 yneg branch 1 000 T 0 000 1 000 i 2 000 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 60 00u 100 0u Time os ypos branch 4 900m T 5 000m 5 100m 5 200m 0 000u 20 00u 40 00u 60 00u 80 00u 100 0u Time s Current Limiter Differential I O ILITWIITR Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name ILIMIT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR S vd 1 2 gd 3 4 S gd 5 6 S gd 7 58 DESTGNATOR ILIMIT MODEL DESIGNATOR ILIMIT ilimit in offset in offset in offset gain gain gain r Out source out source r out source zr out sinki Out sink Ur out Sinki i limit source i limit source i limit sink 1i limit sink 2V_ pwr range v_ pwr range v pwr range 71 source range i source range i source range 21 sink range i_ sink range i sink rangel r out _domain r out domain r out domain Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog 124 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 In_Offset Gain R_Out_Source R_Out_Sink Limit_Source Limit_Sink
389. uadratic RC temperature coefficient linear RC temperature coefficient quadratic RE temperature coefficient linear RE temperature coefficient quadratic RBM temperature coefficient linear RBM temperature coefficient quadratic quasi saturation extrapolated bandgap voltage at 0 K carrier mobility knee voltage fraction of CJC connected internally to Rb fraction of CUS connected internally to Rc Junction Field Effect Transistor JFET Model Kind Transistor Model Sub Kind JFET SPICE Prefix J 46 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL amp AREA FACTOR amp STARTING CONDITION INITIAL D S VOLTAGE IC INITIAL D S VOLTAGE INITIAL G S VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE TEMP TEMPERATURE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Area Factor specifies the number of equivalent parallel devices of the specified model This setting affects a number of parameters in the model Starting Condition set to OFF to set terminal voltages to zero during operating point analysis Can be useful as an aid in convergence Initial D S Voltage ti
390. ude a parameter in the Parameter field if the device requires it Supported parameters include the propagation delay of a digital component the Beta forward of a transistor and the resistance of a ae potentiometer Each component can have two tolerances set a Device tolerance and a Lot tolerance Both device and lot tolerances are allowed but only one is required For a specific component device and lot tolerances are calculated independently using different random numbers and then added together Set the Tolerance field to give the percentage tolerance for the component The Tracking No field is used to assign a common tracking number to components when you require the variation in their tolerance to be correlated The Distribution field is used to specify the distribution type used for random number generation Uniform Gaussian or Worst Case If you give two components the same tracking number and device distribution then the same random number is used for both components when the device values for a simulation run are calculated Combined device and lot tolerances are useful where values are not completely correlated but are not completely independent either An example would be two different resistor packs Here the lot tolerance can be large that is the variation from wafer to wafer while the device tolerance the variation from resistor to resistor in the same package is small In this case the device tolerance should not be i
391. uired file Click on the Model File tab to view the content of the model file The following additional model parameters are supported and can be entered into a linked model file md1 for the device L inductance multiplier Default 1 IL1 linear current coefficient in Amp Default 0 IL2 quadratic current coefficient in Amp Default 0 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 37 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TC1 linear temperature coefficient in ou Default 0 TC2 quadratic temperature coefficient in CI Default 0 Where a parameter has an indicated default that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The following parameters The format for the PSpice model file is common to most devices in PSpice are not supported MODEL ModelName IND Model Parameters T ABS where T_ MEASURED e ModelName is the name of the model the link to which is specified on the Model Kind tab of the 7 REL GLOBAL Sim Model dialog This name is used in the netlist MODEL to reference the required model in T REL LOCAL the linked model file le ac e Model Parameters are a list of supported parameters for the model entered with values as required For an example of using a PSpice compatible inductor model in a simulation refer to the example project Inductor PrjPCB which can be found in the Examples Circuit Simulation PSpice Examples Inductor folder of the installation
392. uit an int in2 7400 F gt 7 000 6 900 6 800 p EE EA _ he ji _ _ La l l fal i 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 1 000 in3 in4 0 750 0 500 0 250 gt 0 000 0 250 0 500 0 750 1 000 LI 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 8 000 Si 7 750 7 500 7 250 7 000 6 750 6 500 6 250 6 000 0 000m 10 00m LI 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 205 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Arc Cosine Arc Cosine of Current eos Q D B l g E ACGSI Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ACOSI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ACOSI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc cosine of Current SUBCRT ACOSL L234 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ACOS I VX ENDS ACOSI The resulting current i
393. ulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Time Value Pairs allows you to define the waveform by specifying a value for the current at various points in time Default pairings are OU 5A 5U 5A 12U OA 50U 5A 60U 5A 80 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Notes Piecewise linear sources can take data from one of two sources e You can describe the waveform with a set of points that you enter directly into the Time Value Pairs list on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog Use the available Add and Delete buttons to define new points or remove existing ones respectively There is no upper limit on the number of points you can define for the waveform The time specified for each successive point must be more positive than its predecessor If it is not the cycle will end excluding that and all successive points e You can define the waveform in an ASCII text file containing an indefinite number of points The file must be stored in the same location as the parent project file with the extension PWL The file is referenced by entering its name including extension in the Model Location region s In F
394. ult 1 GMIN GMIN is an advanced SPICE option that sets the minimum conductance maximum resistance of any device in the circuit It is specified on the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog and its default value is 1 0e 12 mhos Notes The model allows an almost ideal switch to be described With careful selection of the ON and OFF resistances they can effectively be seen as zero and infinity respectively in comparison with other elements in the circuit The use of an ideal highly non linear element such as a switch can cause large discontinuities to occur in the circuit node voltages The rapid state change caused by opening and closing a switch can cause numerical round off or tolerance problems leading to time step difficulties or erroneous results When using switches take the following precautions e Set switch impedances RON and ROFF just high or low enough to be negligible with respect to other elements e When modeling real devices such as MOSFETS set the on resistance to a realistic level for the size of the device being modeled e fa wide range of ON to OFF resistance must be used ROFF RON gt 1e 12 then the error tolerance during transient analysis should be decreased Set the TRTOL parameter on the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog to 1 e When a switch is placed around a capacitor then the CHGTOL parameter should also be reduced try 1e 16 The link to the required model file md1 is
395. umerator gain Default 1 Den_Offset denominator offset Default 0 Den_Gain denominator gain Default 1 Den_Lower_Limit denominator lower limit Default 1 0e 10 Den_Domain denominator smoothing domain Default 1 0e 10 Fraction used to control whether the smoothing domain is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default FALSE Out_Gain output gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a two quadrant divider It takes two inputs one specified as the numerator the other as the denominator and processes them to obtain the output result as follows e The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the Num Offset and Den Offset parameters e The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for gain specified in the respective Num Gain and Den Gain parameters e The resulting values are divided e The quotient is multiplied by the value specified for the Out_ Gain parameter e The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_ Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output Num Num_Offset Num_Gain Den Den_Offset Den_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset The denominator is prevented from ever going zero by specification of a limiting positive value in the Den Lower Limit parameter This limit is reached through the use of a quadratic smoothing functio
396. up entry in the Analyses Options list Use the Sheets to Netlist field to specify which schematic sheets Available Signals Active Signals should be included in the SPICE netlist that is passed to the Simulator ae You can choose to run a simulation on the active schematic sheet or the entire set of source schematics in the active project il iai Specifying simulation data to be collected Because an enormous amount of data can be collected during a simulation you can specify which points on the circuit and what type of data you wish to save as simulation results The data to be saved is specified in the Collect Data For field The following options are available e Node Voltage and Supply Current saves data for the voltage at each node and the current in each supply e Node Voltage Supply and Device Current saves data for the voltage at each node and the current in each supply and each device e Node Voltage Supply Current Device Current and Power saves data for the voltage at each node the current in each supply and the current and power in each device e Node Voltage Supply Current and Subcircuit VARs saves data for the voltage at each node the current sourced from each supply and the voltages currents calculated in subcircuit variables e Active Signals saves results ONLY for signals shown in the Active Signals list Use this option when you want to minimize the size of the result file Signals are restricted to
397. urce WPULSE Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Pulse SPICE Prefix V SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE PULSE INITIAL VALUE amp INITIAL VALUE 0 PULSED VALUE amp PULSED VALUE 5 TIME DELAY amp TIME DELAY 0 RISE TIME amp RISE TIME 4U 2 FALL TIME amp FALL TIME 1U PULSE WIDTH amp PULSE WIDTH 0 PERIOD amp PERIOD 5U amp PHASE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Initial Value voltage amplitude at time zero in Volts Default 0 Pulsed Value maximum amplitude of the output swing in Volts Default 5 Time Delay delay before the source changes from Initial voltage value to Pulsed voltage value in seconds 98 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Rise Time the time it takes to rise
398. utput begins Truncation error checking is an inherent part of the model If truncation errors become excessive the model uses smaller time increments between simulation data points therefore providing for a more accurate simulation of the integration function The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Examples Consider the integrator function in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin positive input is connected to net IN e Pin2 negative input is connected to net GND e Pin3 positive output is connected to net OUT e Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND e Designator is U1 e Out Lower Limit 0 e Out Upper Limit 40e 6 e All other parameters are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN 0 Svd OUT 0 AU1INT MODED AULINT int out lower limit 0 out upper limit 40e 6 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 149 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 11 00 10 00 9 000 8 000 L 0 000u 1 000u 2 000u 3 000u 4 000u 5 000u Time s 40 00u o 35 00u 30 00u 25 00u 20 00u v 15 00u 10 00u 5 000u 0 000u 0 000u 4 000u 2 000u 3 000u 4 000u 5 000u Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis p
399. uty cycle Possible values can lie in the range 0 to 1 Rise rise time in seconds Fall fall time in seconds C1 input control voltage point 1 in Volts F1 output frequency point 1 in Hertz C2 input control voltage point 2 in Volts F2 output frequency point 2 in Hertz C3 input control voltage point 3 in Volts F3 output frequency point 3 in Hertz C4 input control voltage point 4 in Volts F4 output frequency point 4 in Hertz C5 input control voltage point 5 in Volts F5 output frequency point 5 in Hertz Notes The parameters C1 C2 and F1 F2 define the voltage to frequency conversion function The C values define input voltage levels and the F values set the respective output frequencies generated for these input levels Linear interpolation is used to define input output values between the set points The voltage controlled square wave oscillator is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 191 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check t
400. values of the supplied 2 input multiplier open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line Examples Consider the multiplier in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin in_a is connected to net In1 e Pin2 in_b is connected to net In2 e Pin3 out is connected to net Out e Designator is U1 e X_Gain 2 defined on Parameters tab e Y Gain 3 defined on Parameters tab e Out _Gain 0 01 defined on Parameters tab e All other parameters are left at their default values The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XUL IN1 IN2 OUT MULT PARAMS x gain 2 y gain 3 out gain 0 01 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 155 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Models and Subcircuit sUBCKT MULT 1 lt 2 PARAMO x offiset 0 0 y ofiset 0 0 x gain l 0 y cain 1 0 t out gain i 0 cur orrest 0 AL 1 2 3 sigmult model sigmult mult im ofiset 1 x cfifset y offset 1n gain x gain y gain out Gailn OuL Gain out oriset 0ut Ofitser BNDS MULT The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit int V v o o 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s in2
401. vd OUT 0 AUILGAIN MODEL AUI1GAIN gain gain 4 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit 138 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference int vo 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s 2 9 Oo 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s in 0 000m 10 00m 20 00m 30 00m 40 00m 50 00m Time s In this example the following analysis parameters on the Transient Fourier Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog have been used e Transient Start Time set to 0 000 e Transient Stop Time set to 50 00m e Transient Step Time set to 200 0u e Transient Max Step Time set to 200 0u Hysteresis Hysteresis Single Ended I O Hio TERESIS Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name HYST SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 32 Q DESIGNATOR HYST MODEL DESIGNATOR HYST hyst in low in low in low in highlin high in high ehyst hyst hyst Pout lower limit out lower limit out lower limit zout Upper limit out_ upper limit out upper limit input domain input domain input_ domain 2Eraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model
402. ver allow at least an order of magnitude below the lowest expected voltage or current levels of your circuit change the Integration Method to one of the Gear methods Gear integration requires a longer simulation time but is generally more stable than trapezoidal Gear integration may be particularly useful with circuits that oscillate or have feedback paths Additional things to try Realistically model your circuit Add realistic parasitics especially stray junction capacitance Use RC snubbers around diodes Replace device models with subcircuits especially for RF and power devices Increase the rise fall times of any Periodic Pulse sources in your circuit Even the best pulse generators cannot switch instantaneously 326 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Revision History o reso es ooo 09 Jun 2006 1 4 Updated for Altium Designer 6 3 Added definitions table for Available Signals that appear on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog 28 Aug 2006 Added parameter information for BSIM3 MOSFET model support Added parameter information for EKV MOSFET model support 21 Apr 2008 16 Updated Page Size to A4 Software hardware documentation and related materials Copyright 2008 Altium Limited All rights reserved You are permitted to print this document provided that 1 the use of such is for personal use only and will not be copied or posted on any network computer or
403. wer Transistor Philips Discrete BJT Medium Download 17 Sep Semiconductors F ower Intlib roz KB 2003 BCFSG 16 Fhilips HPA Medium Power Transistor Fhilips Discrete BJT Medium Download 17 Sep Semiconductors F ower IntLib roz KB 2003 BCPES Philips HPA Medium Power Transistor Philips Discrete BJT Medium Download 17 Sep Semiconductors Power Intlib Foe KB z003 BCPES Fhilips PAP hdedium Power Transistor Philips Discrete BJT Medium Download 17 Sep Semiconductors Power Intlib Fo KB z003 BOLS4 Philips HPA BIS S Transistor Philips Discrete BJT Medium Download 17 Sep Semiconductors F ower Intlib raz KB z003 BOLS2 Philips PAP BISS Transistor Philips Discrete BJT Medium Download 17 Sep Semiconductors F ower Intlib raz KB z003 BOPS4 Philips HPA Medium Power Transistor Philips Discrete BJT Medium Download 17 Sep Semiconductors F ower IntLib 792 KB 2003 BOPS2 Philips FHF Medium Power Transistor Philips Discrete BJT Medium Download 17 Sep Semiconductors F ower IntLib 792 KB 2003 From the list of results you can access further information about a component simply by clicking on the entry for its name From a simulation perspective this gives you information about any model or sub circuit file linked as a model to the component 22 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference BCP6ST1 Motorola NPN Silicon Epitaxial Transistor Motorola Discrete BJT IntLib Download 17 Jul 2002 16 43 M
404. where the frequency of interest is 1 rad s and then move the corner frequency to the one of interest denormalizing the transfer function Default 1 Notes This model provides a single input single output transfer function in the Laplace transform variable s This function enables you to modulate the frequency domain characteristics of a signal The s domain transfer function you define must adhere to the following two restrictions e The degree of the numerator polynomial cannot exceed that of the denominator polynomial e All polynomial coefficients must be stated explicitly even if a coefficient is Zero 164 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference The model takes the single ended input signal applies any offset and gain specified by the in offset and gain parameters and then multiplies the result by the transfer function determined by the polynomial coefficient entered in the respective num coeff and den coeff parameters When specifying the coefficients for numerator and denominator the highest powered term coefficient must be entered first followed by those coefficients for subsequent decreasing power terms There are no limits on the internal signal values or on the output of the transfer function Care should therefore be taken when specifying coefficients and gain so that excessively large output values do not result In AC Small Signal analysis the output of the function is equal to th
405. wing sections provide a listing of various manufacturer specific integrated libraries that are supplied as part of the installation and which contain simulation ready schematic components The sub folders containing the integrated libraries arranged by Manufacturer can be found along the following path gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt A A T gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt T TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 13 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Library on the drive to which you installed the software Note that not all schematic components in a listed library may have a linked simulation model Agilent Technologies Agilent LED Display 7 Segment 1 Digit IntLib Agilent LED Display 7 Segment 2 Digit IntLib Agilent LED Display 7 Segment 3 Digit IntLib Agilent LED Display 7 Segment 4 Digit IntLib Agilent LED Display Alphanumeric I ntLib Agilent LED Display Digit amp Word Icon IntLib Agilent LED Display Overflow IntLib Agilent Optoelectronic LED IntLib Analog Devices e AD Amplifier Buffer IntLib e AD Analog Multiplier Divider IntLib e AD Audio Pre Amplifier IntLib e AD Differential Amplifier IntLib e AD Instrumentation Amplifier IntLib e AD Operational Amplifier IntLib e AD Power Mgt Voltage Reference ntLib e AD RF and IF Modulator Demodulator IntLib e AD Variable Gain Amplifier IntLi
406. x X 186 TR0113 v1 6 April 21 2008 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL PARAMS RATIO RATIO RATIO RP RP RP RS RS RS 2 LEAK LEAK LEAK MAG MAG MAG Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog RATIO turns ratio secondary primary RP resistance of primary winding in Ohms RS resistance of secondary winding in Ohms LEAK leakage inductance in Henrys MAG magnetizing inductance in Henrys Notes A transformer is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of a transformer open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified on the Model Kind tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on
407. y calculated for variables currently listed in the Active Signals list Each component is randomly varied independent of other components For example if a circuit has two 10 K resistors and the default tolerance is set to 10 then during the first pass of the simulation one resistor might have a value of 953 Q and the other one could be 1022 Q The program uses a separate and independent random number to generate the value for each component As running a Monte Carlo analysis actually performs multiple passes of the enabled standard analyses there is a special identifier used when displaying the waveforms in the Sim Data Editor s Waveform Analysis window Each pass is identified by adding a letter and number as a suffix to the waveform name For a Monte Carlo analysis the letter used is m and the number used identifies which pass the waveform relates to e g Output m1 Output m2 etc Examples VCC VI LN Consider the circuit in the image above where a Transient analysis is to be performed in conjunction with the use of the Monte Carlo analysis feature The Transient analysis is defined with the following parameter values e Transient Start Time 0 000 312 TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 The Monte Carlo analysis is defined with the following parameter values Transient Stop Time 500 0u Transient Step Time 2 000u Transient Max Step Time 2 000u Seed 1 Distribution Uniform Number of Runs 5 Default Resistor
408. zero an error will result Other problems may occur when the argument for a function in a partial derivative enters a region where that function is undefined The simulation ready non linear dependent current source component BISRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Library Simulation Simulation Sources InthLib TRO113 v1 6 April 21 2008 79 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Examples 19 69lvleg Consider the non linear dependent current source in the above image with the following characteristics e Pin1 positive is connected to net N7 e Pin2 negative is connected to net N9 e Designator is BB e Equation I VB 10 61E6 I VC 10E6 I VE 10E6 I VLP 10E6 I VLN 10E6 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist BB N7 N9 I 1 VB 10 61E6 I VC LOEBR6 1 VE 10EH64 I1 VLP 10E6 I VLN 10E6 Piecewise Linear Current Source TPL Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Piecewise Linear SPICE Prefix SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE PWL MODELLOCATION FILE MODELLOCATION TIME VALUE PAIRS AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following component level parameters are definable for this model type and are listed on the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the sim

Simulation Models and Analyses Reference

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents